名师导学系列2013高考英语短文改错教师版1

名师导学系列2013高考英语短文改错教师版1

命题调研 第一部分：中考英语短文改错 ‎【解题技巧】‎ 单句改错题是考查学生的识别能力、分析能力和综合运用英语知识能力。‎ 做单句改错题首先要读通句子，在此基础上，根据不同的情况，用所掌握的语法、词汇知识为标准，具体排除干扰，判断、找出错误，予以改正。‎ 一、有些句子学生十分熟悉，根据所学知识，一眼就可识破，则不必顾及其他。如 :‎ I must try my best learn English well.‎ try one’s best后应跟不定式。故在 best后应加“to”。‎ 二、有些题目要从时态、语态、语气或主谓一致等方面来判断。如 :‎ ‎1. We have studied most of Book by the end of last week. ‎ by后跟表示过去的时间状语时，对应的时态该用过去完成时，因此，该句中have应改为 had。‎ ‎2. Those novels wrote by Lu Xun 60 years ago. ‎ 句中 wrote应改为 were written。因为 these novels是动作的承受者。‎ 三、有些题目要从动词的用法，词组搭配以及用词的知识方面考虑。如 :‎ ‎—Where’s the boy student？‎ ‎—He has been to the library. ‎ 句中 has been to表示“去过某地，已回来”，而这里的男同学显然没回来，所以该处需改为“has gone to”。‎ 四、越来越多的辨认错误题，综合了尽可能多的语法、词汇知识，因而同学们不能只从某项语法或词汇用法方面去判断，更应从各方面来判断错误的可能性。如 :‎ He broke the window when he was playing football and he paid of the glass the next day. ‎ 这一句不但要考虑broke、paid是否正确，而且要判断football, next day前是否有定冠词，更要核对“paid of”的准确性，因为 of与 for较相似，故此句paid of应改为paid for。‎ ‎【经典范例引路】‎ 例1 Lily has reached home three hours ago. ‎ A B C D 简析 :此题选A。可将 has reached改为reached，即一般过去时。另一种改法是将句尾的three hours ago去掉，因涉及到不止一个选项，故在此题中不能这么改。‎ 例2 You can’t get across when the lights are green. ‎ A B C D 简析 :此题选D。此题语法上并没有错，只是不符合事实，应将D项的 green改为red，才符合“红灯停，绿灯行”的交通规则。‎ 例 3 Don’t get into the gate before they tell you do that. ‎ A B C D 简析 :此题选D。tell后接不定式作宾语补足语，即tell sb. to do sth，其中的to不可省略。‎ ‎1. Everyone of us is working hard in the factory. 2. I have caught a bad cold for a week and I can’t get rid of it. 3. This is the steel plant where we visited last week. 4. Following the road and you will find the store. 5. This is all what Dr. Smith said at the meeting. 6. He promised to come and see us after the supper. 7. John had been here to see you, but he left five minutes ago. 8. My mother is busy preparing for supper. 9. I’ve heard him but I never know him.‎ ‎ 10. We got on the school bus and which took us straight to the People’s Park.   1.Everyone-Every one 2.caught-had 3.where-which 4.Following-Following 5.what-that;or drop “all” 6.drop “the” 7.had been-came 8.drop “for” 9.heard of 10.which-it ‎ ‎11. From what I have seen and heard, I must say Chinese people are living happily. 12. Everyone agreed to his suggestion which we should hold a meeting to talk about the problem. 13. Oliver Twist, the hero of the story, he was an orphan. 14. Why don’t you ask anybody else to help you? 15. The pen is missing, for we cannot find it everywhere. 16. Sorry, I have a such book. 17. The two languages are not at all the same in neither spelling or grammar. 18. Most people can quick get help from a doctor when ill. 19. He told me that how important it is to learn English. 20. Can’t you remember tell me that the other day? ‎ ‎11.must-can 12.which-that.13.drop “he” 14.anybody-somebody 15.anywhere 16.a-an 17.neither-either 18.quick-quickly 19 drop “that” 20. tell-telling ‎21. She asked me if I had found out my new pen. 22. He had changed so much that I could hardly know him. 23. I learnt of from Joan that Mary had fallen ill. 24. I didn’t hear you. Please repeat the sentence again., 25. Would you please speak something about your family? 26. We must study hard in order to serve for the people better in the future. 27. I know little about Tom, but I know Mary better than he. 28. The writing of the report spent me two evenings. 29. If I had time, I shall see the new film. 30. Don’t let the children who are so young to go swimming. ‎ ‎21. drop “out” 22.know-recognize 23.drop “of” 24 drop “again” 25 speak-say 26 drop “for” 27 add “about” before Mary 28.spent-took 29.shall-would 30 drop “to”‎ ‎31. It took place in France, an European country. 32. Would you bought the dictionary if you had had more money yesterday? 33. I shall lend the money to who comes first. 34. That is known to all, Taiwan belongs to China. 35. What was it that woke up the baby? 36. “Do you mind getting me some water?” “Certainly don’t.” 37. He enjoyed nothing but listen to music. 38. Cotton feels softly. 39. He is by far the clever student in our class. 40. I came here especially to ask you for advice. ‎ ‎31. an-a 32 add “have” before “bought” 33 who-whoever 34That-As 35 right 36 don’t-not 37but-but to 38 softly-soft 39 clever-cleverest 40especially-specially.‎ ‎41. I don’t doubt whether I’m able to finish the work on time. ‎ ‎ 42. Would you be kind as to turn off the TV set? 43. Do you know what do these words mean? 44. Hearing her name calling, she rushed out of the room. 45. Do you know anything about the accident happened in the village yesterday? 46. The little girl hurried home with the remained money. 47. Speak slowly and try to make yourself understand 48. The population of Zhengzhou is fewer than that of Beijing. 49. My father has two brothers , both of them are all Party members. 50. I followed Mr.Smith entering the office. ‎ ‎ 41 drop “don’t” 42be-be so 43drop “do” 44 calling-called 45 happened-that happened 46 remained-remaining 47 understand-understood 48 fewer-smaller 49 them-which 50 entering-into ‎51. He’ll leave Beijing to Paris tomorrow. 52. He devoted his life for his country. 53. There having no buses, we had to walk home. 54. Being Sunday today, we don’t have to work. 55. Not had studied his lessons well, he failed in the exam. 56. My brother has turned an engineer for two years. 57. I have three letters to be answer this afternoon. 58. The recorder needs be repaired before it can be used. 59. Having been ill for a long time, so she fell behind her classmates. 60. They may go to London, but they were not certain . ‎ ‎51to-for 52 for-to 53 having-being 54 being-It being 55had-had he 56turned-been 57drop “be” 58needs-needs to 59 drop “so” 60 may-might ‎61. I don’t think he can do the work well, can’t he? 62. The book which brought for me by my brother cost a lot of money. 63. You must do everything you can help them. 64. The farmers re very busy today and they will stop working until dark. 65. After mixing the three together, he dipped one of his finger into the cup. 66. The old man asked a policeman,” Could you show me how get to the post office? 67. The teacher found a cup broken and tried to find who had broken it. 68. In England as early as the twelve century, young people enjoyed playing football. 69. Jack regretted not go to the meeting last week. 70. I have lost my key; I can’t remember where I forgot it. ‎ ‎61can’t-can 62which-which was 63help-to help 64will-will not 65finger-fingers 66how-how to 67find-find out 68twelve-twelfth 69go-going 70forgot-left ‎ ‎71. What a terrible weather we have been having! 72. The composition is well written except a few spelling mistakes. 73. The students have to follow the teacher’s advice, haven’t they? 74. Autumn has come and it is time for harvest the rice. 75. Please put everything back and tidy the lab in the end of your experiment. 76. “Listen to me carefully; do all what I’ll tell you to do,” said the teacher.. ‎ ‎ 77. The other day we dropped in on the village. 78. There will not be enough rooms for such a large population in the future. 79. “Help yourselves with the fish. It’s very delicious.” mother said to the guests. 80. To my opinion, computers will enter every family in the near future. ‎ ‎71 drop “a”72except-except for 73haven’t-don’t 74harvest-harvesting 75in-at 76what-that 77on-at 78To-In 79with-to 80To-In ‎ ‎81. The machine is used to working for man. 82. She married the man because what he had done for her. 83. A hundred of people attended the meeting last night. 84. Tell me how long she will be back, in ten days or a week? 85. What did you do in the evening of May Day? 86. “You will be late for school unless you will get up at five.”said mother. 87. It is much easy to make plans than to carry them out. 88. Thanks the teacher’s help, I have made great progress in my English study. 89. People both at home and abroad have been great helped by the new computer. 90. The computer is an useful machine that can do many things for us. ‎ ‎81working-work 82because-because of 83drop “of” 84long-soon 85 in-on 86 drop “will”87easy-easier88Thanks-Thanks to 89great-greatly 90an-a ‎91. You had better go and see him, didn’t you? 92. We must devote every effort to finish the task on time. 93. We’ll never forget the days when we spent together happily in the middle school. 94. He has written many books , two of them are widely read. 95. How did you like the dancers and their performances which you saw at the party? 96. Is there any place for me in the car? 97. He hid himself after a tree. 98. My neighbor is a seventy-years-old woman. 99. He was wounded with a stone. 100. It was yesterday when he broke the window. ‎ ‎91didn’t-hadn’t 92finish-finishing 93when-which 94whem-which 95which-that 96place-space 97after-behind 98years-year 99with-by 100when-that ‎ ‎101.There was a heavy rain last night. 102.This is one of the most exciting football games which I have ever seen. 103.Where is my trousers? 104.Generally speaking, when a child learns to read, he usually begins from A,B,C. 105. Mr Zhang’s English is perfect, so he has made lots of foreign friends from English-spoken countries. 106.The police has been going all out to search for the prisoner all over the country for two weeks. 107.I was caught by the rain last night. 108.Has he returned back yet? 109.It took us two hours to walk across the forest. 110.He had little to eat and a large house to live in. ‎ ‎101drop “a” 102 which-that 103is-are 104from-with 105English-spoken→Englsih-speaking 106has-have 107by-in 108drop “back” 109across-through 110and-but ‎ ‎ ‎111. Mother doesn’t like milk and so do I. 112.I lay down again with my head covering. 113. He was wounded on the left leg. 114.I have only a pen, not two. 115.China is very lager than Japan. 116.His advise is very useful. 117.Unless he said he wasn’t hungry, he ate a big breakfast. 118.It will make you good to have some outdoor exercise. 119.There are lots of money left. 120.He entered from the front door.‎ ‎ ‎ ‎111so→neither 112 covering→covered113on→in 114a→one 115very-much 116advise→advice 117wasn’t-was 118make→do 119 are→is120from→through ‎ ‎121.One thousand dollars are enough to live on. 122.His book is quite different from me. 123.He rose his hand before asking the question. 124.I visited a place where is surrounded by mountains. 125.What beautiful the sun is! 126.He had no sooner arrived when he fell ill. 127.Mrs Johnson gave her friends , Mary and I, a tea party. 128.A house built of bricks lasts longer than the one that is made of woods. 129.I like English better than my brother likes. 130.I will be used to live in the south.‎ ‎ ‎ ‎121 are→is122me→mine 123rose→raised 124where→which 125what→how 126when→than 127I→me 128woods→wood 129likes→like 130 live→living ‎ ‎131.He was warmly welcome by his friends. 132.I received a letter writing in green ink. 133.She did nothing but cried all day. 134.The old man walked slowly cross the street. 135.The boy’s face is like his father. 136.The weather was so hot and we could not read much. 137.This piece of fish smelled badly. 138.The young is taught to respect the old. 139.—You have not yet finished your work, have you? --- Yes, I haven’t. 140.There is nothing interesting on today’s paper. ‎ ‎131 welcome→welcomed132writing→written 133cried→cry 134cross→across 135father→father’s 136and→that 137badly→bad 138is→are 139haven’t→have 140on→in ‎ ‎141.They won us in the football game last week.‎ ‎ 142.He thinks he needs not do it in a hurry. 143.The teacher with many students have gone to the exhibition. 144.He seems to be a bright student, isn’t he? 145.He returned home in the afternoon of his holiday. 146.He was educated at an university. 147.You won’t fail unless you work harder. 148.The robber was an one-eyed man. 149.Who of them is your father? 150.These shoes are too little for me. ‎ ‎141won→beated 142needs→need 143have→has 144 isn’t→doesn’t145in→on 146an→a 147won’t→will 148an→a 149who→which 150little→small ‎ ‎151.Do you fond of hunting? 152.The mistakes made by the Chinese students of English are different from that by the Japanese students. 153.He left home last year and I haven’t seen him from then. 154.He cannot do it like your father does. 155.Between the trees stand a stranger. 156.Enough have been said about it. 157.Neither of the books are difficult to read. 158.He hoped to complete the work before he leaves the city. 159.The thief wanted to get in and stole something. 160.He hanged his coat by the window.‎ ‎ ‎ ‎151 Do→are152that→those 153from→since 154like→as 155 stand→stands156have→has 157are→is 158hoped→hopes 159stole→steal 160hanged→huang ‎ ‎161.We all thought it was him who had stolen it. 162.He is going to shoot some sparrows in the trees. 163.The king let him chose what he liked. 164.He ordered us not speak so loudly. 165.Turn to the right, you will find the post office. 166.We all felt if we were going to fly. 167.Tell me the best way which to express my thanks. 168.It is certain he will come. 169.I found strange that she had not come yet. 170.We all considered it a pity you could not come with us. ‎ ‎ 161him→he 162shoot→shoot at 163chose→choose 164not→not to 165you→and you 166if→as if 167drop “which” 168he→that he 169found→found it 170pity→pity that ‎ ‎171.As weather is fine, let us take a long walk. 172.Have the police found the knife which the man was killed? 173.The moon moves round the earth is well known to us all. 174.After we seated at the table, she suddenly felt a pain in her stomach. 175.This is the classroom for us to study.‎ ‎ 176.The ship hardly left the port when the storm came. 177.I have been waiting you for a long time. 178.How dare you say such thing to my face? 179.The time is sure to come when my words come true. 180.I really don’t know how to do.‎ ‎ ‎ ‎171As→Since 172which→with which 173add “That” before the sentence 174seated→were seated 175study→study in 176hardly→had hardly 177 waiting→waiting for 178such→such a 179 when→that180how→what ‎ ‎ ‎181.He suggested me that I go to see the manager. 182.I lent him the book I bought the day before. 183.I never buy anything unless it is not really needed. 184.You need not to go with me unless you are free now. 185.I am sure it will be dark before we won’t get there. 186.I don’t know if they will come, but if they will come, please show them the way to my house. 187.I could not make myself understood entirely well. 188.This book is too hard for me to read it 189.As he was careless, so he failed 190.I was too tired not to walk any further. ‎ ‎181 drop “me”182bought→had bought 183drop “not” 184drop “to” 185drop “won’t” 186drop the second “will” 187drop “entirely” or “well” 188drop “it” 189drop “as” or “so” 190drop “not” ‎ ‎191.Why not to take a holiday for a few days? 192.This book is cheap enough for him to buy it. 193.She did nothing but to cry. 194.Would you kindly let me to know as soon as possible? 195.I asked him to tell me that how much he paid a year for his son’s education. 196.I don’t know when he will be come back home. 197.He nodded his head in silence, and his eyes bright with tears. 198.Though rich, but he works very hard. 199.That is all what I want to tell you. 200.There is somebody whom you want to see him. ‎ ‎191drop “to” 192 drop “it”193drop “to” 194drop “to” 195drop “that” 196 drop “be”197drop “and” 198drop “but” 199 drop “all” or change “what” into “that”200drop “him” ‎ ‎201.What a beautiful weather we are having recently! 202.The new flowers are for her, not for his. 203.They live in the Room 305 in that building. 204.Mike is a college student from Britain. 205.We used to go to beds at nine ten at school. 206.Please you work harder at your lessons. 207.I have no papers to write on. 208.Please not look out of the window in class. 209.We got an English evening last Wednesday. 210.Let’s see who can reach to there first. ‎ ‎201drop “a” 202his→him 203drop “the” 204from→in 205 beds→bed206drop “you” 207papers→paper 208not→don’t 209got→had 210drop “to” ‎ ‎211.Which is much cheap, this one or that one? 212.We have to work hard on physics this term. 213.Is there any deer in the zoo? 214.She hasn’t returned back home yet. 215.The boy is old enough to take care of him. 216.It’s too hot in day and too cold at night on the noon. 217.John studies much more harder than any of the others. 218.Physics is one of the most difficult subject for us. 219.After quick supper, Tom returned to the cinema. 220.We must be strict in ourselves in everything. ‎ ‎211cheap→cheaper 212on→at 213is→are 214drop “back” 215him→himself 216in day→in the day 217drop “more” 218subject→sujects 219quick→a quick 220change the first “in”into “with” ‎ ‎221.The girl doesn’t dare to go out at night lonely. 222.Will I get you a piece of chalk, Mr.White? 223.As a boy, he made a life by selling newspapers. 224.When he came in, the speaker found the listeners all seating. 225.John had to make some rooms for Joe and Mike. 226.After the supper the singer didn’t go upstairs. 227.There are around one hundred woman workers in this factory. 228.Jack was said to be made stay behind by his teacher after school yesterday. 229.Great changes have been taken place in the past year. 230.Hear! How nicely the girl is playing the piano! ‎ ‎221 lonely→alone 222Will→Shall 223 life→living 224 seating→seated 225rooms→room 226 drop “the” 227woman→women 228 stay→to stay229drop “been” 230Hear→Listen ‎ ‎231.I didn’t go to the film because I have seen it before. 232.How shall I do with the old machine? 233.She was about to get into sleep while the baby woke up and began to cry. 234.We have friends over the world. 235.He failed but wanted to try the second time. 236.He left Shanghai at a cold winter night. 237.Sorry, I forgot your book in my office yesterday. 238.They have only a little room to live. 239.Tom didn’t leave until his sister was seen to enter into the village. 240.My idea is quite different from you. ‎ ‎231have→had 232How→What 233into→to 234 over→all over 235change “the”into “a” 236at→on 237forgot→left 238 live→live in 239 drop “into” 240 you→yours ‎ ‎241.He raised his sound so that we could hear him.‎ ‎ 242.I want to make clear that I don’t want the price. 243.When wet clothes are hanged up near a fire, steam can be seen rising from them. 244.I haven’t received a letter from him in the past a few years. 245.The dustmen have gone on strike for more than two weeks. 246.’Will the play be put on again?” Yes, I think it. 247.Though it was very cold, but he went out without an overcoat. 248.My uncle began to study French in the fifties. 249.How do you think of the bicycle of this model? 250.I used to dance a lot when I was an university student.‎ ‎ ‎ ‎241could hear→heard 242 make→make it 243hanged→hung 244 drop the second “a” 245on→been 246 it→so 247drop “but” or “Though” 248 the→his249How→What 250an→a ‎ ‎251.I always find physics difficulty to learn. 252.It was polite for him to make room for you. 253.That’s quite far from here to the bus stop. 254. He made such many mistakes in his homework that the teacher made him do it again. 255. There were many restaurants and we were not sure which to eat. 256. She fixed all the radios besides the smallest one ,because there were no parts for it. 257. “Which of the two buses goes to the hospital? “None of them does.” 258. Be careful not to loose the money. 259. Many new homes have been built in the past few months in our village. 260. New York is the larger city in the U.S.‎ ‎ ‎ ‎251difficulty→difficult 252 for→of 253That→It 254 such→so 255eat→eat in 256 besides→except257 None→Neither 258loose→lose 259homes→houses 260 larger→largest ‎ ‎261. She takes much interest in the Chinese history. 262. My brother left the school at the age of fifteen. So he hasn’t much knowledge. 263. Mary got up, dressed her and went to the party. 264. Made of plastics, so the machine is quite light in weight. 265. Even a boy of three knows it’s wrong to say lies. 266. My father has two brothers and three of them are all Party member. 267. The discovery is great importance in science. 268. Do you know who’s English is the best in your class? 269. “Are those apples green or red? “Yes, they are red.” 270. We play basketballs at four in the afternoon. ‎ ‎261 drop “the”262drop the first “the” 263her→herself 264drop “so” 265say→tell 266 three→both 267is→is of 268who’s→whose 269drop “yes” 270 basketballs→basketball ‎ ‎271. About two hundred fifty workers attended the meeting. 272. Pass Rose and I two pieces of bread, please. 273. Here are some news for you, Mary. 274. Look! A police is coming this way. 275. You’d better borrow your bike to her.‎ ‎ 276. The teacher will have a talk with you after the class. 277. I’m sorry, sir. I was late to school this morning. 278. The match between Class 4 and Class 5 is sure to be excited. 279. The talk is going to give by a famous professor. 280. The teacher told me that Mary did very good in drawing. ‎ ‎271hundred→hundred and 272 I→me 273are→is 274police→policeman 275to→from 276drop “the” 277to→for 278 excited→exciting 279 to give→to be given 280good→well ‎ ‎281. You can’t jump so highly on the earth as on the moon. 282. There’s going to be a match this afternoon, isn’t it? 283. She said she was leaving the second morning. 284. Tell him about it if you will see him tomorrow. 285. Do more speaking, you will be good at spoken English. 286. The boy was too tired not to walk any farther. 287. The students are really pleased after such a pleasing trip. 288. It has been too dry this year and there are a few apples on the tree. 289. Hundreds college students gathered for the meeting. 290. In the past three years, the doctor saved many people’s lives.‎ ‎ ‎ ‎281 highly→high 282it→there 283second→next 284drop “will” 285 you→and you 286 drop “not” 287pleasing→pleasant 288drop “a” 289 hundreds→hundreds of 290 saved→ has saved ‎ ‎291. We all hope he will stay here for another some days. 292. The town is two miles far away from our school. 293. To them joy, they got two tickets for the football match. 294. Mary is an active girl when his brother is a man of few words. 295. Our physics teacher said light traveled faster than sound. 296. His grandfather has been death for nearly a year. 297. The teacher handed over the textbooks to the students. 298. A plane is the machine that can fly. 299. You will have to give other example. One is not enough. 300. The letter was sent by an old friend of John.‎ ‎ ‎ ‎291 some→few292drop “far” 293them→their 294when→while 295traveled→travels 296death→dead 297 over→out298 the→a299other→another 300John→John’s ‎ ‎301. None job is easy enough for him to do. 302. Every of them has a copy of the handbook. 303. Who’s the young man playing a violin? 304. I feel very asleep now because I didn’t sleep well last night. 305. You are wanted by the phone. 306. Better don’t leave your little daughter by herself at home. 307. Do you still remember the house there we used to play? 308. She stopped cry and told me what had happened. 309. A language can only be learned with using it. 310. The police works hard day and night for the safety of the people. ‎ ‎301None→No 302Every→Each 303a→the 304 asleep→sleepy305by→on 306don’t→not 307there→where 308 cry→crying309 with→by310works→work ‎311. I used to having a drink before going to bed. 312. She’s very ill but the doctor won’t give her away. 313. All needs to be done should be done quickly. 314. Fish can’t live there’s no water. 315. He came to the party without invited. 316. He raised his noise in order to be heard by us all. 317. I have no clean clothes and have to have the dirty clothes washing. 318. The ground is covered with falling leaves. 319. Man can now travel in the space. 320. Usually in the beginning of class, we read aloud our texts. ‎ ‎311 works→work312away→up 313All→All that 314live→if live 315invited→being invited 316noise→voice 317washing→washed 318falling→fallen 319drop “the” 320in→at ‎ ‎321. Three-fourths of the apple were eaten by the rat. 322. The boy was sent to hospital with one of his legs breaking. 323. I have made this clear to her that her job is very important. 324. I once suggested that we students must be given more free time. 325. I had hardly set out than it began to rain. 326. It was as he was ill that he missed the chance. 327. I have never seen a snake so thick as a log. 328. How I hope I hadn’t missed the lecture yesterday.! 329. My home town has taken on a new look. How great it has changed ! 330. He didn’t marry with my sister until he was thirty. ‎ ‎321were→was 322breaking→broken 323this→it 324must→should 325than→when 326as→because 327so→as 328hadn’t missed→didn’t miss 329great→greatly 330drop “with” ‎ ‎331. I don’t suppose he will be back in six. 332. Their football team has won ours several times. 333. Do you know our team leader we call him Big Wang? 334. We’d like see your birthday present. 335. She reached early in order to sit in the front. 336. In the end of the class, the teacher taught us an English song. 337. We all find it difficulty to learn physics. 338. I t is known to all that Lu Xun died in 30’s. 339. Is it true that some Germen will come to our school next week? 340. We shall never forget what that the headmaster said at yesterday’s meeting. ‎ ‎331 in→at332won→beated 333drop “him” 334see→look at 335reached→arrived 336In→At 337difficulty→difficult 338in→in his 339Germen→Germans 340drop “that” ‎ ‎341. My brother didn’t stop play outside until my mother called him. 342. The students were praised because having made rapid progress.‎ ‎ 343. It is I who is right. 344. Is this the pen you bought it last Sunday? 345. John looks much like his mother than his father. 346. I t was happened that he was not at home when we called. 347. It’s very nice for you to help me with that heavy bag. 348. My son isn’t old enough not to go to school. 349. I didn’t think it one of the best films that has ever been shown here this year. 350. Each of the students in our class have got such a dictionary. ‎ ‎341play→playing 342because→for 343is→am 344drop “it” 345much→more 346drop “was” 347for→of 348drop “not” 349has→have 350have→has ‎ ‎351. It is the soldier which was wounded in that battle. 352. I have to get up early tomorrow so that I catch the first bus. 353. She left her hometown to Shanghai early this morning. 354. He will be well again in three days’ time . I hope you to take it easy. 355. We make him our monitor, but he refused. 356. She knows quite a few English words, she’s only a girl of six. 357. From this fact we can see that one shouldn’t be too sure of oneself. 358. His advice how to improve our writing sounds reasonable. 359. There are such many mistakes in his homework. 360. You see what clever the boy is. ‎ ‎351which→that 352catch→can catch 353to→for 354drop “to” 355drop “monitor” 356she’s→though she’ 357oneself→himself 358how→on how 359such→so 360what→how ‎ ‎361. They kept on coming to the hospital and see him. 362. I don’t think the TV set took him so much money. 363. He’s getting old. He doesn’t eat as many as before. 364. Why not stopping for a rest under that tree? 365. Your voice sounds quite different in the phone. 366. It’s very nice for you to help me. 367. Who’s younger, Rose and Mary? 368. Could you tell me when he has arrived? 369. I’m sorry I have such little money on me. 370. By that time, she had falled asleep. ‎ ‎361see→seeing362took→cost363many→much 364stopping→stop 365in→on 366for→of 367and→or 368drop “has” 369such→so 370falled→fallen ‎ ‎371. I can’t decide if to go and see him or not. 372. I won’t believe it until I had seen it myself. 373. Let me fit the new clothes in my son. 374. The fact which he gave up smoking delighted his wife. 375. The young man looks strange on that suit. 376. Do you know who is in the charge of the children here? 377. I need a cloth to wipe out the mud with. ‎ ‎ 378. All he could do were to go back home. 379. Thank you for the pleasing evening. 380. I was told to go there at once, that I followed. ‎ ‎371 if→wether 372had→have 373in→on 374which→that 375on→in 376drop “the” 377 a cloth→a piece of cloth378were→was 379pleasing→pleasant 380that→so ‎ ‎381. Why worry? It’s nothing serious. 382. It’s years after I painted a picture. 383. He ran in and told us the excited news. 384. As a student, I didn’t use to playing football. 385. All the work here was done by hands. 386. Excuse me, shall I have the word with you? 387. He is not here. He can have gone to the library. 388. The dress my aunt bought me isn’t fit me. 389. I t was raining hard and he prevented from going out. 390. You’d better not have the machine work too long.‎ ‎ ‎ ‎381worry→worried382after→since383excited→exciting384playing→play385hands→hand386the→a387can→may388isn’t→doesn’t 389prevnted→was prevented 390work→working ‎ ‎391. Having read the magazine, so he put it in its place. 392. The woman stands there is a friend of my mother’ s. 393. Food, such as rice and vegetables , have been wasted a lot by the students. 394. Much have been done about the pollution. 395. There will be a lot of more people in this developing area. 396. The sun’s light and heat make possible for plants to grow better. 397. Does the air in this city use to be very dirty? 398. His parents prevented him from sent to Tibet. 399. Mary had her hair burning while doing cooking. 400. Plastics is used to taking the place of wood in many fields. ‎ ‎391drop “so” 392stands→standing 393have→has 394have→has 395drop “of” 396make→make it 397Does→Did 398sent→being sent 399buring→burned 400taking→take ‎ ‎401. Does this river go across the town or around it? 402. The town has population of forty thousand. 403. Please tell me all what he told you the other day. 404. Although he is considered a great writer, still his works are not widely read. 405. It won’t be long before they will get married. 406. What a fun it is to go swimming in summer. 407. They spent many years save enough money to build a house of their own. 408. Man can travel in the space. 409. Will you join in us if we decide to do the new experiment? 410. She is thinking about what do next. ‎ ‎401around→round 402has→has a 403what→that 404still→yet 405drop “will” 406drop “a” 407save→‎ saving 408drop “the” 409drop “in” 410do→to do ‎ ‎ ‎411. Only then did I realized that I had made a mistake. 412. I wonder if you will be kind to carry the bag for me. 413. I didn’t learn to ride a car until I was forty. 414. We hoped each other the best of luck in the exam. 415. Sorry, your letter is still in my pocket. I forgot post it. 416. The speaker is an old professor in his sixty’s. 417. The fish has gone bad. It smells terribly. 418. When she came, you were on your way to get the key you have left in the office. 419. Last night my father worked late into the night, prepared a report for the meeting. 420. I once suggested give us students more free time. ‎ ‎411realized→realize 412kind→kind enough 413ride→drive 414hoped→wished 415post→to post 416sixty’s→sixties 417terribly→terrible 418have→had 419 prepared →preparing420give→giving ‎ ‎421. The light in the hall is still turned on. I have to go and turn it off. 422. Why did she refused to take his presents is not known. 423. Usually at the begin of a meeting, we sang the national song. 424. He was quite out of breathe when he got there. 425. After quickly washing my clothes, I went to receive her at the station. 426. Look up! There’s danger ahead. 427. ”Do you know she doesn’t like you?” “No, I don’t. Nor don’t I care.” 428. “How is your mother now. “She is a lot of better, .thank you. 429. To my mind, this novel is far much interesting than that one. 430. Tom is a good boy, except he is sometimes a little careless.‎ ‎ ‎ ‎421drop “turned” 422drop “did” 423begin→beginning 424 breathe→breath425 quickly→quick426up→out 427don’t→do 428drop “of” 429much→more 430except→except that ‎ ‎431. These days I am considering change my job. 432. Will the people sit at the back please keep quiet? 433. Probably I’ll stay four and five days with my uncle. 434. Three fourths of the earth are covered by water. 435. That she learned from you made her very sad for a few weeks. 436. Now a color TV set costs much less than it was years ago. 437. It is said that the man has been found and was sent to hospital. 438. I could have helped her but she didn’t ask me. 439. She was just about get into sleep when the baby began to cry. 440. Last Sunday I went to town, buying some apples and visited my grandma. ‎ ‎431change→changing 432sit→sitting 433and→or 434 are→is435 That→What436was→did 437drop “was” 438me→me to 439about→about to 440visited→visiting ‎ ‎441. I remember she was killed in an accident in a rainy day. 442. She hasn’t got used to speak in public yet. 443. Tom failed again in his English exam, this made his father very angry.‎ ‎ 444. Jane hasn’t come yet. What do you suppose having happened to her? 445. Even if inviting , I won’t go. 446. The Yangtze River is the fourth long river in the world. 447. One of the students sit in front gave a different answer to the question. 448. The trousers are made very small. The cloth have been wasted. 449. It’ll be some time when the building is completed. 450. They lost the game. How they wish they didn’t. ‎ ‎441in→on 442speak→speaking 443this→which 444 having→has445inviting→invited 446 long→longest447sit→sitting 448have→has 449when→before 450didn’t→hadn’t ‎ ‎451. Does she matter if she is a bit late for the meeting? 452. Did you have any difficulties in making the machine move again? 453. Having lived in Shanghai for many years , he knew the city very much. 454. How about invited her to dinner tonight? 455. We made up our mind to do our best to make progress. 456. It has rained for days and the river has raised about five feet. 457.There was nothing in his talk which interested me. 458.Mary was among the girls who was praised at the meeting. 459.The number of the passengers killed in the accident are surprising. 460.I have made this clear to her that the job is very important. ‎ ‎451change the first “she” into “it” 452difficulties→difficulty 453 much→well454invited→inviting455mind→minds456raised→risen457which→that 458 was →were459 are→is460this→it ‎ ‎461.I can’t go with you, but I really wish I can. 462.If you told me about it , I would have helped you. 463.She insisted that she hadn’t took my magazine. 464.We haven’t moved into the building because the rooms are being painting. 465.The more he thought about it , the more questions he thought of ask. 466.His order is that the rules don’t be broken anytime. 467.The play to be put up next week is an exciting one. 468.He is well known in this city with that new invention. 469.The boy is always m aking a lot of noises. 470.I just couldn’t think of a way solving the problem at that time.‎ ‎ ‎ ‎461 can→could462told→had told 463 took→taken464painting→painted 465ask→asking 466don’t→shouldn’t 467up→on 468with→for 469 noises→noise470way→way of ‎ ‎471.No one in my family but my parents are interested in the play. 472.Little I know when it was impolite to get in a word. 473. “You make a mistake here, Li, Ping.” “Why , so I was.” 474.It was until midnight that he felt asleep. 475.The puzzling mother couldn’t understand why her daughter got so excited. 476.I have handed in all the exercise books except John. 477.I had hardly set out than it began to rain. 478.Since she understood you, why not to try to explain it to him?‎ ‎ 479.By the time you will come back , we shall have had our final examination. 480. I’m afraid I will have a little time to come and see you.   471are→is 472I→did I 473 was→did474 felt→fell475puzzling→puzzled 476John→John’s 477than→when 478 drop the firsr “to”479 drop “will” 480drop “a” ‎ ‎481.All happened in our school was quite unexpected. 482.Bamboo is very useful. We can make it of many kinds of things . 483.You are only one of the workers I can trust. 484.The food in our country is quite different from one in Britain. 485.Was it last Sunday when you met her in the street? 486.That is two days since I came here. 487.What was it which you sent her the next day. 488.Mary fell seriously ill last week but now she looks as good as before. 489.Can you tell me how much the TV set took you? 490.It took place in the afternoon when I met you in the street ‎ ‎481All→All that 482 of→into483only→the only 484one→that 485when→that 486 That→It487which→that 488good→well 489took→cost 490in→on ‎ ‎491.The book is said to have translated into several languages. 492. “ It’s not good room for you, isn’t it” 493. The sight of a snake very frightened her. 494. I have never seen so thick a snow. 495.I just can’t imagine how a satellite looks like. 496.The young man lives upstairs is a man of few words. 497.I don’t think the woman easy to get along with. 498.Please tell me how long she has got married. 499. The old man was found lying death in bed a week later. 500.The professor who arrives this morning is from Beijing University. ‎ ‎491 have→have been492isn’t→is 493very→quite 494drop “a” 495 how→what496lives→living 497easy→is easy 498got→been 499death→dead 500arrives→arrived ‎ ‎501.He stood up to make himself see and was soon found by his friends. 502.It was late but the peasants still had their tractor work in the fields. 503. Don’t worry. I’ll have John finishing the work for you. 504. She doesn’t talk as many as she used to . 505. Stay where you are, boys. Wait until I will come back. 506.I was running after Tom’s bike while I fell over a stone. 507.John and I have done our homework, Mother. So let me go for a swim, will you? 508. Of all the students I made few mistakes in the exam. 509. The boy told the teacher all had happened. 510.There are more than fifty students in his class, but only few of them like music. ‎ ‎501 see→seen502work→working 503finishing→finish 504many→much 505drop “will” 506while→when 507 me→us508 few→the fewest509all→all that 510few→a ‎ ‎ A I live in the country and my father was a farmer. 1. __________‎ ‎ He is now forty-five year old. Because of years of 2. __________‎ ‎ hard work, he looks old than his age. When I was 3. __________‎ ‎ young, he used to tell me the importance study. 4. __________‎ ‎ Father knows little about English and other subjects， 5. __________‎ ‎ but he usually gives me some good advices on how 6. __________‎ ‎ to learn my lessons good. He is not only kind to me 7. __________‎ ‎ but also very strict in me. With his help, I’ve made 8. __________‎ ‎ great progress. I’ll never to forget what he taught 9. __________‎ ‎ me. I think my father is best father in the world. 10. _________‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ B We’ve just moved in a house and we want to 1. ‎ buy a new color television set, and I’m not 2. ‎ sure about a size. Maybe we should buy a big 3. ‎ one. If we buy a small one, we might have 4. ‎ to change it in a few years’ time a bigger 5. ‎ one. My husband thinks it’s no necessary to buy 6. ‎ a very big one. He said our sitting room isn’t very 7. ‎ big. If we put in a very big television, they will 8. ‎ be bad for our eyes. Anyway, we’d better to 9. ‎ make quick decision because the price may go up soon. 10. ‎ ‎ ‎ C Most families in China hoped their single children will 1. ‎ have a happy future, so they are very strict in their children. 2. ‎ So do teachers in schools! Many children are given so much 3. ‎ homework that they have hardly any spare time have sports. 4. ‎ The children are forbidden to do anything but to study. No 5. ‎ wonder so many children are tired of lessons. Some even 6. ‎ attack or kill his parents and teachers! I believe many 7. ‎ people already read this kind of news in newspapers or magazines. 8. ‎ Shouldn’t we draw a lessons from the accidents? Now our 9. ‎ government is making out a plan to solve the education problems. 10. ‎ ‎ D Nowadays, almost every family has TV set, and almost 1. ‎ everyone likes watching TV. TV has become a part of our life. 2. ‎ TV has any advantages, for example, it informs us of the 3. ‎ latest news which is happening in the world; it can open our 4. ‎ eyes, enlarge our knowledge and also help us to see more 5. ‎ about the world.it also has some disadvantages. People 6. ‎ waste too much time in watching TV and his normal life 7. ‎ and work are affected.To the children who they spend too 8. ‎ much times in watching TV, it can do harm to their sight 9. ‎ and healthy. So we should control the time of watching TV. 10. ‎ ‎ E The Huaihe River has been serious polluted. Day and night 1. ‎ millions of tons of waste water is being poured it from 2. ‎ hundreds of factories. The waste water is harmful. At present 3. ‎ there is no fish in it. The river water cannot be drunk. People in 4. ‎ either bank have to dig wells to take drinking water. The Huaihe 5. ‎ River is such dirty and poisonous that people don’t dare swim 6. ‎ in it. Something must be done to stopping the pollution. The 7. ‎ government and the people near the river must try to clear water 8. ‎ as soon as possible. Now special attention has been pay to the 9. ‎ pollution by the government and more scientists. The pollution 10. ‎ will be prevented in the near future.‎ ‎ F Dear Abby,‎ How are you? Today I’ve got a wonderful news to tell you. 1. ‎ I have offered a scholarship at a university in Australia for my 2. ‎ further education. One hundred and twenty students took exam 3. ‎ for it, but only a few was chosen and I was one of them. However, 4. ‎ my parents are not happy about it. They are strongly against I 5. ‎ going there. They say it is too far away that they will not see me 6. ‎ for a whole year and they are afraid I will feel alone. They can’t 7. ‎ imagine a girl so young living alone. They advise me to studying 8. ‎ in the capital instead. Then I’ll be able to continue living them. 9. ‎ How can I persuade them to accept the fact that I have grown up？ 10. ‎ Best wishes ‎ Jane ‎【参考答案】‎ A ‎1.was →is 2.year→years 3.old→older 4.加of在importance后 5.√‎ ‎6.advices→advice 7.good→well 8.in→with 9.去掉to 10.best前加the B ‎1.in→into 2.and→but 3.a→the 4. √ 5.time后加for ‎ ‎6.no→ not 7.said→says 8.they→it 9.去掉to 10.quick前加a C ‎1.hoped→hope 2.in→with 3.do→are 4.have前加to 5.去掉第二个to ‎6.√ 7.his→their 8.already→have 9.lessons→lesson 10. making→carrying D ‎1. has后加a 2. life→lives 3. any→many 4. which→that 5. √‎ ‎6. 在it前加However 7. his→their 8. 去掉they 9. times→time 10. healthy→health E ‎1. serious→seriously 2. it前加 into 3. √ 4. in→on 5. take→get ‎ 6. such→so 7. stopping→stop 8. water前加the 9. pay→paid 10. 去掉more F ‎1. 去掉a 2. have后加been 3. exam→exams 4. was→were 5. I → me ‎ 6. too→so 7. alone→lonely 8. studying→study 9. living后加with 10. √‎ 一、‎ Dear sir,   I ‘m very sorry trouble you . 1. _________‎ ‎ My name is Mary. I usually do the shop at your store. 2._________‎ Three days ago, I bought some clothes at your store . 3. _________‎ But I was not carefully enough then. . 4. _________‎ When I went home ,I found some problem. 5._________‎ The pants is too short for my husband . 6. _________‎ And my daughter don’t like the red skirt . 7. _________‎ She likes a yellow skirt one . 8. _________‎ I will glad if you can change 9. _________‎ me some new one. 10. _________‎ ‎ Mary 二、‎ ‎ Alice and Jack are middle school student . 1._________‎ They volunteer them time to help other people . 2. _________‎ The work take them 3 hours a week . 3._________‎ Alice loves read .She often helps young children to read . 4._________‎ ‎ Jack likes animals .He wants to be a vet before he leaves school . 5._________‎ Every Saturday morning he goes to work in a animals hospital. 6. _________‎ ‎ He says he has learned a lot of about animals 7._________‎ Alice and Jack both think volunteering is great . 8. _________‎ They feel good about help other people . 9._________‎ They spend time doing what they love to do . 10. _________‎ ‎ 三、‎ Dear Timmy ,‎ ‎ How are you ? It is over a year since I see you last time . 1._________‎ ‎ I am glad to telling you that we had an outing on April 9 . 2._________‎ ‎ We set out form our school bus at 7:00 a.m. 3._________‎ ‎ An hour later we arrive at a lake . 4._________‎ The lake was very beautifully . 5. _________‎ ‎ We boated on the lake and have lunch in a small restaurant . 6._________‎ At 4:00 p.m , we had to go away back . 7. _________‎ ‎ All of we had a wonderful time . 8. _________‎ ‎ How did you spend you spring time ? 9._________‎ ‎ I ‘m looking forward to receiving your letter soon. 10._________‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ Yours ‎ ‎ Xiao Ming ‎ ‎ 四、‎ Good morning !‎ ‎ We are very happy to here today . 1. _________‎ Now let me introduce myself and my friends for you . 2. _________‎ ‎ My name is Andy .I’m come from Canda. I ‘m eighteen . 3. _________‎ ‎ I have many hobby. But collecting stamps is my favourite . 4._________‎ ‎. He is Mike . he come from America . 5._________‎ He is twenty – four .He likes play football . 6._________‎ ‎ He started play football five years ago . 7._________‎ She is Mary . She is from English . She is thirty . 8._________‎ ‎ Playing ping-pong is she favourite . 9. _________‎ That’s all , thank you ! 10. _________‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ 五、‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ I have a cat .It’s name is Mimi . 1._________‎ ‎ It has short , grey fur or white paws . 2._________‎ Its eyes is green . It weigh about two kilograms. 3._________‎ Usually , its favourite foods is fish. 4. _________‎ It also likes milk if it not too cold . 5. _________‎ ‎ It likes sleep in a basket . 6.________‎ When it is not sleeping ,it often plays on with balls . 7._________‎ I feed Mimi every day and give it clean water . 8. _________‎ It never worries because we take good care it . 9. _________‎ Mimi is my well friend. I like it very much. . 10._________‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ 六、‎ ‎ ‎ Good afternoon! Welcome Guangming Shopping Center. 1. _________‎ There is different kinds of things in our center. 2_________‎ If you want flowers and clothes ,you can go to the first one floor. 3. _________‎ ‎ On the second floor ,there are many interesting cards and book . 4. _________‎ ‎ If you need CDs and CD players , please go to the third floor . 5._________‎ By the way , if you are tired and would like to something to drink , 6. _________‎ ‎ please go down to first floor . 7._________‎ You can get a lots of drinks there . 8. _________‎ ‎ Thank you for come . 9. _________‎ ‎ And hope you enjoy you day in our center. 10._________ 七、‎ Dear Mary , ‎ ‎ Thank you for telling me something for your Chinese teacher . 1. _________‎ ‎ I think your have a good teacher. 2._________‎ Now let me telling you something about my English teacher . 3. _________‎ ‎ Miss White is come from America. 4._________‎ ‎ She is tall . And she very beautiful . 5._________‎ ‎ She has taught our English for two years . 6._________‎ ‎ She is always in blue,because blue is she favourite . 7. _________‎ ‎ She likes reading and she also loves travelling when she is free . 8._________‎ She is kind and helpfully . 9. _________‎ All of us likes her very much 10 _________‎ ‎ Best wishes ! ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ Yours ‎ ‎ Li Hong ‎ 八、‎ ‎ ‎ Mike is middle school student . 1. _________‎ ‎ He will has a lot of things to do next week . 2 ._________‎ ‎ He will go to the movies for his parents on Monday . 3. _________‎ On Tuesday ,He will is going to play basketball 4. _________‎ And he will go to the mountains at Wednesday . 5._________‎ ‎ On Thursday he will visits museums . 6._________‎ On Friday he will watch a football matches 7. _________‎ with he friends . 8. _________‎ ‎ On Saturday and Sunday ,he will stay at home 9. _________‎ and surfing the Internet . 10. _________‎ ‎ ‎ 九、‎ Dear Tina , ‎ ‎ I am very happy to receives your email . 1. _________‎ Now let me tell you something about city of Luodi. 2. _________‎ It is at the center of Hunan Province. 3. _________‎ It is a beautifully city with a population of 200,000. 4. _________‎ On both side of the wide streets are many green trees . 5. _________‎ It is very so hot in summer but not rather cold in winter . 6. _________‎ We have much places of interest here . 7. _________‎ You can visited Meijiang Scenic Spot,Boyue Cave , Meishan 8. _________‎ Imperial Palace and the Nativeplace of Zeng Guofan. 9. _________‎ So Welcome to Luodi but enjoy yourself here if you have time ! 10. _________‎ ‎ Yours ,‎ ‎ Yan Hong ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ 十、‎ Dear friends ,‎ ‎ How time flies! Three years have passed 1._________‎ since Mr Johnson come to our school . 2. _________‎ Now he has finished his works successfully . 3. _________‎ and will leaves for home . 4. _________‎ Mr Johnson is so kinder , patient and helpful . 5. _________‎ His teaching is lively and interested . 6. _________‎ We all love him so much as well as 7. _________‎ his wonderful lessons in spoken English . 8. _________‎ Now I would like to express our thanks him. 9. _________ ‎ Goodbye ,Mr Johnson .Welcome to China again. 10. ________‎ ‎ ‎ The Keys,‎ 一、‎ ‎1.^------to 2. shop ------shopping 3. V 4. carefully---careful 5.problem---problems ‎6.is---are 7.don’t-----doesn’t 8.shirt/ 9.^ ----be 10.one----ones ‎ ‎ 二、‎ ‎1.studend----studends 2. them---their 3. take---takes 4.read----reading 5.before---after ‎6.a----an 7.of ----of/ 8.V 9. help----helping 10.^-----in ‎ ‎ 三、‎ ‎1.see----saw 2. telling----tell 3. ^----by 4. arrive----arrived 5. beautifully---beautiful ‎6.have----had 7.away---away/ 8.we---us 9. you---your 10. V ‎ ‎ 四、‎ ‎1. ^---be 2.for----to 3.come----come/ 4. hobby---hobbies 5. come----comes ‎ ‎6.play-----playing 7. ^----to 8. English----England 9.she----her 10. V ‎ ‎ ‎ 五、‎ ‎1. It’s----Its 2. or----and 3. weigh----weighs 4.foods---foods 5.^----is ‎6. sleep----sleeping 7. on---on/ 8. V 9. ^----of 10. well----good ‎ ‎ 六、‎ ‎1.^----to 2. is ----are 3. one-----one/ 4. book----books 5. V ‎6. to-----to/ 7.^----the 8. of---of/ 9.come-----coming 10.you----your ‎ ‎ 七、‎ ‎1.for----about 2.your---you 3. telling---tell 4.come---come/ 5. ^----is ‎6.our----us 7.she----her 8. V 9. helpfully----helpful 10.likes----like ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ 八、‎ ‎1. ^-----a 2. has-----have 3. for----with 4. will----will/ 5. at----on ‎6.visits-----visit 7. matches----match 8. he----his 9.V 10.surfing----surf ‎ ‎ 九、‎ ‎1. receives---receive 2.^----the 3. at----in 4. beautifully----beautiful 5. side---sides ‎6. so----so/ 7. much----many 8. visited----visit 9. V 10.but----and ‎ ‎ 十、‎ ‎1.have---has 2. come-----came 3.works---work 4.leaves----leave 5. kinder----kind ‎6. interested-----interesting 7. good---good/ 8. in---on 9. ^----to 10.V ‎ A ‎ I have come in China for two years. My friends in 1. __________ ‎ England sometimes write to me, ask me how long 2. __________ ‎ I’ll stay here, when I’m thinking of returning 3. __________ ‎ home. The answer of their questions is simple: I 4. __________ ‎ do not know when I return home. At the moment， 5. __________ ‎ I have no reason to return back to England. I like 6. __________ ‎ living in China; I enjoy meeting Chinese people 7. __________ ‎ and travel around the country. My work is very 8. __________ ‎ interested, and there are so many things I don’t know 9. __________ ‎ about China that I hope to discover it in the future. 10. ________ ‎ ‎ B ‎ Dear Li Hong，‎ ‎    Next Monday was my birthday. I‘m going                 1._______‎ to hold a birthday party at the home in the             2._______‎ ‎    evening. It will start on 7：30. Would you like         3._______‎ ‎    come？ I have also invited some other                   4._______‎ ‎    classmate of ours and some of my friends.               5._______‎ ‎    I live at Guangming Road. You can taking                6._______‎ ‎    No 23 or No 45 bus and get up at the end of             7._______‎ ‎    Guangming Road. Then walk left for 50 metres.           8._______‎ ‎    It‘s a red house with white door. You can’t           9._______‎ ‎    miss it. I hope you will go.                            10._______‎ ‎    Yours ever ‎    Liu Mei ‎ C Mary is my best friend. We’re all from Henan,                   1. _____ 　　but now I live in Beijing when she lives in                      2. _____ 　　Guangzhou. We don’t look each other very often,                 3. _____ 　　but we’re keep in touch all the time. I often write             4 . _____ 　　to Mary and telling her about the things that                    5. _____ 　　are happened at my company, and she often                        6. _____ 　　writes to me about her work. We talk on phone                    7. _____ 　　once a week. Sometime I call her on her                          8. _____ 　　car phone, or we send e-mail to each other.                      9. _____ 　　We’re really luck. There are so many ways                      10. ____ 　　we can keep in touch with each other.‎ D Charles Dickens, one of the English writer, 1___ was born in an small town in England. When he was 2____ twelve, he could go to the school. Two years later, 3___ he had to work. After work, he often go to the library 4____ to read books. Then he wrote lot of stories. Dickens 5___ died over a hundred years ago, and people still read 6____ his books on great interest. 7___‎ E Many years ago a poor man grew an orange tree.  1. ___ On the tree there were many fine oranges. Some day he found  2. ___ one of them was so big as a football. He took it  3.‎ ‎ ___ for the king. The king was so happy that he gave the  4. __ poor man lots money. When a rich man heard of it,  5. ___ he said for himself, “I’ll take my gold cup to the king  6. __ and he will give me much money. Next day the king received  7. __ from the cup. The king was very fond of the cup and he told  8. __ the rich man,“I have an orange. It’s beautiful than the cup,  9. ___ so I have decided to give it to you as the reward instead money. 10. __ ‎ F ‎　Have you ever heard from the saying: All work and no 1 __________ ‎ play make Jack a dull boy? What this means is that if you 2 __________ ‎ ‎　　study all the times you will become a boring person. You 3 __________ ‎ ‎　　must go out and having fun with your friends, otherwise 4 __________ ‎ ‎　　you will lose him. No one wants to be friends with the 5 __________ ‎ ‎　　person who that only works and studies. Perhaps you have 6 __________ ‎ ‎　　a confidence problem. Please try remember that the work 7 __________ ‎ ‎　　you do is for yourself rather than for anyone else. You do 8 __________ ‎ ‎　　not have to compete your classmates. No one can be 9 __________ ‎ happier in studying seven days and seven nights a week. 10 _________ ‎ ‎ G ‎　　Dear Tracy， ‎ ‎　　Although I'm 16 years old，but my father still treats 1 __________ ‎ ‎　　me as a careless children. He doesn’t value my opinions. 2 __________ ‎ ‎　　He is very strict with me and often punishes me about 3 __________ ‎ ‎　　leaving things lying around in the house while he did this 4 __________ ‎ ‎　　all time. I think he fails to set an example to me to 5 __________ ‎ ‎　　follow. But he often says：“Doing as I say，not as I do.” 6 __________ ‎ ‎　　Even worse，he points out my past mistakes to guests， 7 __________ ‎ ‎　　making me feel hurting. I love my father, but I can’t 8 __________ ‎ ‎　　bear what he does. I have been tried many times 9 __________ ‎ ‎　　to talk with he but he never listens. Please, help me. 10 _________ ‎ ‎　　Puzzled ‎ ‎　　 H ‎　　Every morning Steve went to work by train. As he 1 __________ ‎ ‎　　has a long trip, he always buys newspaper. It helps 2 __________ ‎ ‎　　make the time passing more quickly. One Tuesday 3 __________ ‎ ‎　　morning, he turned over the sports page. He wanted 4 __________ ‎ ‎　　to see the report about an important football match 5 __________ ‎ ‎　　the night before. The report was so interesting that he 6 __________ ‎ ‎　　forgot to get off at his station. He did not know it unless 7 __________ ‎ ‎　　he saw the sea. He got off at the next station, and had to wait 8 __________ ‎ ‎　　a long time for a train to go back. It was no doubt that he arrived 9 __________ ‎ ‎　　late at the office. His boss was angry when Sieve told to him 10 _________ ‎ ‎　　why hewas late. “Work is very important than football! ”. ‎ ‎ he shouted. ‎ ‎【参考答案】‎ A ‎1.come→been 2.ask→asking 3. when前加and 4.of→to ‎ ‎5. return前加will 6. 去掉back或将return改为go 7.√ ‎ ‎8.travel→traveling 9.interested→interesting 10.it→them B ‎1.was→is 2. 去掉to 3.on→at 4. come 前加 to 5.classmate→classmates ‎6.taking→take 7.up→off 8. √ 9. white前加a 10. go→come C ‎1.all→both 2. when改为and或while 3.look→see ‎ ‎ 4. 去掉keep或把we’re改为we 5. telling→tell 6.happened→happening ‎7. phone前加the 8.sometime→sometimes 9.√ 10.luck→lucky D ‎1.writer→writers 2.an→a 3. 去掉the 4. go→went ‎ ‎5. 在lot前加a或将lot改成lots 6.and→but 7.on→with E ‎ ‎1. √ 2. Some → one 3. so→as 4. for→to 5. lots→lots of ‎6. for→to 7. Next→The next 8. from 删去 9. beautiful→more beautiful ‎10. instead→instead of F ‎1．from —of/about 2．make—makes 3．times—time 4．having—have ‎　5．him—them 6．去掉that 　7．try后加to 8．√‎ ‎9．compete加against/with 10．happier—happy ‎ G ‎1.去掉but 2.children→child 3.about→for 4.did→does ‎ ‎5.在all后加the 6.Doing→Do 7.√ 8.hurting→hurt ‎ 9.去掉been 10.he→him ‎ H ‎1. went →goes 2. newspaper前面加 a 3. passing →pass ‎ ‎　4. over →to 5. see →read 6. unless →until ‎ ‎　7.√ 8. It 改为There 9. 去掉to 10. very →more A I live in the country and my father was a farmer. 1. __________‎ ‎ He is now forty-five year old. Because of years of 2. __________‎ ‎ hard work, he looks old than his age. When I was 3. __________‎ ‎ young, he used to tell me the importance study. 4. __________‎ ‎ Father knows little about English and other subjects， 5. __________‎ ‎ but he usually gives me some good advices on how 6. __________‎ ‎ to learn my lessons good. He is not only kind to me 7. __________‎ ‎ but also very strict in me. With his help, I’ve made 8. __________‎ ‎ great progress. I’ll never to forget what he taught 9. __________‎ ‎ me. I think my father is best father in the world. 10. _________‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ B We’ve just moved in a house and we want to 1. ‎ buy a new color television set, and I’m not 2. ‎ sure about a size. Maybe we should buy a big 3. ‎ one. If we buy a small one, we might have 4. ‎ to change it in a few years’ time a bigger 5. ‎ one. My husband thinks it’s no necessary to buy 6. ‎ a very big one. He said our sitting room isn’t very 7. ‎ big. If we put in a very big television, they will 8. ‎ be bad for our eyes. Anyway, we’d better to 9. ‎ make quick decision because the price may go up soon. 10. ‎ ‎ ‎ C Most families in China hoped their single children will 1. ‎ have a happy future, so they are very strict in their children. 2. ‎ So do teachers in schools! Many children are given so much 3. ‎ homework that they have hardly any spare time have sports. 4. ‎ The children are forbidden to do anything but to study. No 5. ‎ wonder so many children are tired of lessons. Some even 6. ‎ attack or kill his parents and teachers! I believe many 7. ‎ people already read this kind of news in newspapers or magazines. 8. ‎ Shouldn’t we draw a lessons from the accidents? Now our 9. ‎ government is making out a plan to solve the education problems. 10. ‎ ‎ D Nowadays, almost every family has TV set, and almost 1. ‎ everyone likes watching TV. TV has become a part of our life. 2. ‎ TV has any advantages, for example, it informs us of the 3. ‎ latest news which is happening in the world; it can open our 4. ‎ eyes, enlarge our knowledge and also help us to see more 5. ‎ about the world.it also has some disadvantages. People 6. ‎ waste too much time in watching TV and his normal life 7. ‎ and work are affected.To the children who they spend too 8. ‎ much times in watching TV, it can do harm to their sight 9. ‎ and healthy. So we should control the time of watching TV. 10. ‎ ‎ E The Huaihe River has been serious polluted. Day and night 1. ‎ millions of tons of waste water is being poured it from 2. ‎ hundreds of factories. The waste water is harmful. At present 3. ‎ there is no fish in it. The river water cannot be drunk. People in 4. ‎ either bank have to dig wells to take drinking water. The Huaihe 5. ‎ River is such dirty and poisonous that people don’t dare swim 6. ‎ in it. Something must be done to stopping the pollution. The 7. ‎ government and the people near the river must try to clear water 8. ‎ as soon as possible. Now special attention has been pay to the 9. ‎ pollution by the government and more scientists. The pollution 10. ‎ will be prevented in the near future.‎ ‎ F Dear Abby,‎ How are you? Today I’ve got a wonderful news to tell you. 1. ‎ I have offered a scholarship at a university in Australia for my 2. ‎ further education. One hundred and twenty students took exam 3. ‎ for it, but only a few was chosen and I was one of them. However, 4. ‎ my parents are not happy about it. They are strongly against I 5. ‎ going there. They say it is too far away that they will not see me 6. ‎ for a whole year and they are afraid I will feel alone. They can’t 7. ‎ imagine a girl so young living alone. They advise me to studying 8. ‎ in the capital instead. Then I’ll be able to continue living them. 9. ‎ How can I persuade them to accept the fact that I have grown up？ 10. ‎ Best wishes ‎ Jane ‎【参考答案】‎ A ‎1.was →is 2.year→years 3.old→older 4.加of在importance后 5.√‎ ‎6.advices→advice 7.good→well 8.in→with 9.去掉to 10.best前加the B ‎1.in→into 2.and→but 3.a→the 4. √ 5.time后加for ‎ ‎6.no→ not 7.said→says 8.they→it 9.去掉to 10.quick前加a C ‎1.hoped→hope 2.in→with 3.do→are 4.have前加to 5.去掉第二个to ‎6.√ 7.his→their 8.already→have 9.lessons→lesson 10. making→carrying D ‎1. has后加a 2. life→lives 3. any→many 4. which→that 5. √‎ ‎6. 在it前加However 7. his→their 8. 去掉they 9. times→time 10. healthy→health E ‎1. serious→seriously 2. it前加 into 3. √ 4. in→on 5. take→get ‎ 6. such→so 7. stopping→stop 8. water前加the 9. pay→paid 10. 去掉more F ‎1. 去掉a 2. have后加been 3. exam→exams 4. was→were 5. I → me ‎ 6. too→so 7. alone→lonely 8. studying→study 9. living后加with 10. √‎ 一、‎ Dear sir,   I ‘m very sorry trouble you . 1. _________‎ ‎ My name is Mary. I usually do the shop at your store. 2._________‎ Three days ago, I bought some clothes at your store . 3. _________‎ But I was not carefully enough then. . 4. _________‎ When I went home ,I found some problem. 5._________‎ The pants is too short for my husband . 6. _________‎ And my daughter don’t like the red skirt . 7. _________‎ She likes a yellow skirt one . 8. _________‎ I will glad if you can change 9. _________‎ me some new one. 10. _________‎ ‎ Mary 二、‎ ‎ Alice and Jack are middle school student . 1._________‎ They volunteer them time to help other people . 2. _________‎ The work take them 3 hours a week . 3._________‎ Alice loves read .She often helps young children to read . 4._________‎ ‎ Jack likes animals .He wants to be a vet before he leaves school . 5._________‎ Every Saturday morning he goes to work in a animals hospital. 6. _________‎ ‎ He says he has learned a lot of about animals 7._________‎ Alice and Jack both think volunteering is great . 8. _________‎ They feel good about help other people . 9._________‎ They spend time doing what they love to do . 10. _________‎ ‎ 三、‎ Dear Timmy ,‎ ‎ How are you ? It is over a year since I see you last time . 1._________‎ ‎ I am glad to telling you that we had an outing on April 9 . 2._________‎ ‎ We set out form our school bus at 7:00 a.m. 3._________‎ ‎ An hour later we arrive at a lake . 4._________‎ The lake was very beautifully . 5. _________‎ ‎ We boated on the lake and have lunch in a small restaurant . 6._________‎ At 4:00 p.m , we had to go away back . 7. _________‎ ‎ All of we had a wonderful time . 8. _________‎ ‎ How did you spend you spring time ? 9._________‎ ‎ I ‘m looking forward to receiving your letter soon. 10._________‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ Yours ‎ ‎ Xiao Ming ‎ ‎ 四、‎ Good morning !‎ ‎ We are very happy to here today . 1. _________‎ Now let me introduce myself and my friends for you . 2. _________‎ ‎ My name is Andy .I’m come from Canda. I ‘m eighteen . 3. _________‎ ‎ I have many hobby. But collecting stamps is my favourite . 4._________‎ ‎. He is Mike . he come from America . 5._________‎ He is twenty – four .He likes play football . 6._________‎ ‎ He started play football five years ago . 7._________‎ She is Mary . She is from English . She is thirty . 8._________‎ ‎ Playing ping-pong is she favourite . 9. _________‎ That’s all , thank you ! 10. _________‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ 五、‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ I have a cat .It’s name is Mimi . 1._________‎ ‎ It has short , grey fur or white paws . 2._________‎ Its eyes is green . It weigh about two kilograms. 3._________‎ Usually , its favourite foods is fish. 4. _________‎ It also likes milk if it not too cold . 5. _________‎ ‎ It likes sleep in a basket . 6.________‎ When it is not sleeping ,it often plays on with balls . 7._________‎ I feed Mimi every day and give it clean water . 8. _________‎ It never worries because we take good care it . 9. _________‎ Mimi is my well friend. I like it very much. . 10._________‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ 六、‎ ‎ ‎ Good afternoon! Welcome Guangming Shopping Center. 1. _________‎ There is different kinds of things in our center. 2_________‎ If you want flowers and clothes ,you can go to the first one floor. 3. _________‎ ‎ On the second floor ,there are many interesting cards and book . 4. _________‎ ‎ If you need CDs and CD players , please go to the third floor . 5._________‎ By the way , if you are tired and would like to something to drink , 6. _________‎ ‎ please go down to first floor . 7._________‎ You can get a lots of drinks there . 8. _________‎ ‎ Thank you for come . 9. _________‎ ‎ And hope you enjoy you day in our center. 10._________ 七、‎ Dear Mary , ‎ ‎ Thank you for telling me something for your Chinese teacher . 1. _________‎ ‎ I think your have a good teacher. 2._________‎ Now let me telling you something about my English teacher . 3. _________‎ ‎ Miss White is come from America. 4._________‎ ‎ She is tall . And she very beautiful . 5._________‎ ‎ She has taught our English for two years . 6._________‎ ‎ She is always in blue,because blue is she favourite . 7. _________‎ ‎ She likes reading and she also loves travelling when she is free . 8._________‎ She is kind and helpfully . 9. _________‎ All of us likes her very much 10 _________‎ ‎ Best wishes ! ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ Yours ‎ ‎ Li Hong ‎ 八、‎ ‎ ‎ Mike is middle school student . 1. _________‎ ‎ He will has a lot of things to do next week . 2 ._________‎ ‎ He will go to the movies for his parents on Monday . 3. _________‎ On Tuesday ,He will is going to play basketball 4. _________‎ And he will go to the mountains at Wednesday . 5._________‎ ‎ On Thursday he will visits museums . 6._________‎ On Friday he will watch a football matches 7. _________‎ with he friends . 8. _________‎ ‎ On Saturday and Sunday ,he will stay at home 9. _________‎ and surfing the Internet . 10. _________‎ ‎ ‎ 九、‎ Dear Tina , ‎ ‎ I am very happy to receives your email . 1. _________‎ Now let me tell you something about city of Luodi. 2. _________‎ It is at the center of Hunan Province. 3. _________‎ It is a beautifully city with a population of 200,000. 4. _________‎ On both side of the wide streets are many green trees . 5. _________‎ It is very so hot in summer but not rather cold in winter . 6. _________‎ We have much places of interest here . 7. _________‎ You can visited Meijiang Scenic Spot,Boyue Cave , Meishan 8. _________‎ Imperial Palace and the Nativeplace of Zeng Guofan. 9. _________‎ So Welcome to Luodi but enjoy yourself here if you have time ! 10. _________‎ ‎ Yours ,‎ ‎ Yan Hong ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ 十、‎ Dear friends ,‎ ‎ How time flies! Three years have passed 1._________‎ since Mr Johnson come to our school . 2. _________‎ Now he has finished his works successfully . 3. _________‎ and will leaves for home . 4. _________‎ Mr Johnson is so kinder , patient and helpful . 5. _________‎ His teaching is lively and interested . 6. _________‎ We all love him so much as well as 7. _________‎ his wonderful lessons in spoken English . 8. _________‎ Now I would like to express our thanks him. 9. _________ ‎ Goodbye ,Mr Johnson .Welcome to China again. 10. ________‎ ‎ ‎ The Keys,‎ 一、‎ ‎1.^------to 2. shop ------shopping 3. V 4. carefully---careful 5.problem---problems ‎6.is---are 7.don’t-----doesn’t 8.shirt/ 9.^ ----be 10.one----ones ‎ ‎ 二、‎ ‎1.studend----studends 2. them---their 3. take---takes 4.read----reading 5.before---after ‎6.a----an 7.of ----of/ 8.V 9. help----helping 10.^-----in ‎ ‎ 三、‎ ‎1.see----saw 2. telling----tell 3. ^----by 4. arrive----arrived 5. beautifully---beautiful ‎6.have----had 7.away---away/ 8.we---us 9. you---your 10. V ‎ ‎ 四、‎ ‎1. ^---be 2.for----to 3.come----come/ 4. hobby---hobbies 5. come----comes ‎ ‎6.play-----playing 7. ^----to 8. English----England 9.she----her 10. V ‎ ‎ ‎ 五、‎ ‎1. It’s----Its 2. or----and 3. weigh----weighs 4.foods---foods 5.^----is ‎6. sleep----sleeping 7. on---on/ 8. V 9. ^----of 10. well----good ‎ ‎ 六、‎ ‎1.^----to 2. is ----are 3. one-----one/ 4. book----books 5. V ‎6. to-----to/ 7.^----the 8. of---of/ 9.come-----coming 10.you----your ‎ ‎ 七、‎ ‎1.for----about 2.your---you 3. telling---tell 4.come---come/ 5. ^----is ‎6.our----us 7.she----her 8. V 9. helpfully----helpful 10.likes----like ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ 八、‎ ‎1. ^-----a 2. has-----have 3. for----with 4. will----will/ 5. at----on ‎6.visits-----visit 7. matches----match 8. he----his 9.V 10.surfing----surf ‎ ‎ 九、‎ ‎1. receives---receive 2.^----the 3. at----in 4. beautifully----beautiful 5. side---sides ‎6. so----so/ 7. much----many 8. visited----visit 9. V 10.but----and ‎ ‎ 十、‎ ‎1.have---has 2. come-----came 3.works---work 4.leaves----leave 5. kinder----kind ‎6. interested-----interesting 7. good---good/ 8. in---on 9. ^----to 10.V ‎ A ‎ I have come in China for two years. My friends in 1. __________ ‎ England sometimes write to me, ask me how long 2. __________ ‎ I’ll stay here, when I’m thinking of returning 3. __________ ‎ home. The answer of their questions is simple: I 4. __________ ‎ do not know when I return home. At the moment， 5. __________ ‎ I have no reason to return back to England. I like 6. __________ ‎ living in China; I enjoy meeting Chinese people 7. __________ ‎ and travel around the country. My work is very 8. __________ ‎ interested, and there are so many things I don’t know 9. __________ ‎ about China that I hope to discover it in the future. 10. ________ ‎ ‎ B ‎ Dear Li Hong，‎ ‎    Next Monday was my birthday. I‘m going                 1._______‎ to hold a birthday party at the home in the             2._______‎ ‎    evening. It will start on 7：30. Would you like         3._______‎ ‎    come？ I have also invited some other                   4._______‎ ‎    classmate of ours and some of my friends.               5._______‎ ‎    I live at Guangming Road. You can taking                6._______‎ ‎    No 23 or No 45 bus and get up at the end of             7._______‎ ‎    Guangming Road. Then walk left for 50 metres.           8._______‎ ‎    It‘s a red house with white door. You can’t           9._______‎ ‎    miss it. I hope you will go.                            10._______‎ ‎    Yours ever ‎    Liu Mei ‎ C Mary is my best friend. We’re all from Henan,                   1. _____ 　　but now I live in Beijing when she lives in                      2. _____ 　　Guangzhou. We don’t look each other very often,                 3. _____ 　　but we’re keep in touch all the time. I often write             4 . _____ 　　to Mary and telling her about the things that                    5. _____ 　　are happened at my company, and she often                        6. _____ 　　writes to me about her work. We talk on phone                    7. _____ 　　once a week. Sometime I call her on her                          8. _____ 　　car phone, or we send e-mail to each other.                      9. _____ 　　We’re really luck. There are so many ways                      10. ____ 　　we can keep in touch with each other.‎ D Charles Dickens, one of the English writer, 1___ was born in an small town in England. When he was 2____ twelve, he could go to the school. Two years later, 3___ he had to work. After work, he often go to the library 4____ to read books. Then he wrote lot of stories. Dickens 5___ died over a hundred years ago, and people still read 6____ his books on great interest. 7___‎ E Many years ago a poor man grew an orange tree.  1. ___ On the tree there were many fine oranges. Some day he found  2. ___ one of them was so big as a football. He took it  3. ___ for the king. The king was so happy that he gave the  4. __ poor man lots money. When a rich man heard of it,  5. ___ he said for himself, “I’ll take my gold cup to the king  6. __ and he will give me much money. Next day the king received  7. __ from the cup. The king was very fond of the cup and he told  8. __ the rich man,“I have an orange. It’s beautiful than the cup,  9. ___ so I have decided to give it to you as the reward instead money. 10. __ ‎ F ‎　Have you ever heard from the saying: All work and no 1 __________ ‎ play make Jack a dull boy? What this means is that if you 2 __________ ‎ ‎　　study all the times you will become a boring person. You 3 __________ ‎ ‎　　must go out and having fun with your friends, otherwise 4 __________ ‎ ‎　　you will lose him. No one wants to be friends with the 5 __________ ‎ ‎　　person who that only works and studies. Perhaps you have 6 __________ ‎ ‎　　a confidence problem. Please try remember that the work 7 __________ ‎ ‎　　you do is for yourself rather than for anyone else. You do 8 __________ ‎ ‎　　not have to compete your classmates. No one can be 9 __________ ‎ happier in studying seven days and seven nights a week. 10 _________ ‎ ‎ G ‎　　Dear Tracy， ‎ ‎　　Although I'm 16 years old，but my father still treats 1 __________ ‎ ‎　　me as a careless children. He doesn’t value my opinions. 2 __________ ‎ ‎　　He is very strict with me and often punishes me about 3 __________ ‎ ‎　　leaving things lying around in the house while he did this 4 __________ ‎ ‎　　all time. I think he fails to set an example to me to 5 __________ ‎ ‎　　follow. But he often says：“Doing as I say，not as I do.” 6 __________ ‎ ‎　　Even worse，he points out my past mistakes to guests， 7 __________ ‎ ‎　　making me feel hurting. I love my father, but I can’t 8 __________ ‎ ‎　　bear what he does. I have been tried many times 9 __________ ‎ ‎　　to talk with he but he never listens. Please, help me. 10 _________ ‎ ‎　　Puzzled ‎ ‎　　 H ‎　　Every morning Steve went to work by train. As he 1 __________ ‎ ‎　　has a long trip, he always buys newspaper. It helps 2 __________ ‎ ‎　　make the time passing more quickly. One Tuesday 3 __________ ‎ ‎　　morning, he turned over the sports page. He wanted 4 __________ ‎ ‎　　to see the report about an important football match 5 __________ ‎ ‎　　the night before. The report was so interesting that he 6 __________ ‎ ‎　　forgot to get off at his station. He did not know it unless 7 __________ ‎ ‎　　he saw the sea. He got off at the next station, and had to wait 8 __________ ‎ ‎　　a long time for a train to go back. It was no doubt that he arrived 9 __________ ‎ ‎　　late at the office. His boss was angry when Sieve told to him 10 _________ ‎ ‎　　why hewas late. “Work is very important than football! ”. ‎ he shouted. ‎ ‎【参考答案】‎ A ‎1.come→been 2.ask→asking 3. when前加and 4.of→to ‎ ‎5. return前加will 6. 去掉back或将return改为go 7.√ ‎ ‎8.travel→traveling 9.interested→interesting 10.it→them B ‎1.was→is 2. 去掉to 3.on→at 4. come 前加 to 5.classmate→classmates ‎6.taking→take 7.up→off 8. √ 9. white前加a 10. go→come C ‎1.all→both 2. when改为and或while 3.look→see ‎ ‎ 4. 去掉keep或把we’re改为we 5. telling→tell 6.happened→happening ‎7. phone前加the 8.sometime→sometimes 9.√ 10.luck→lucky D ‎1.writer→writers 2.an→a 3. 去掉the 4. go→went ‎ ‎5. 在lot前加a或将lot改成lots 6.and→but 7.on→with E ‎ ‎1. √ 2. Some → one 3. so→as 4. for→to 5. lots→lots of ‎6. for→to 7. Next→The next 8. from 删去 9. beautiful→more beautiful ‎10. instead→instead of F ‎1．from —of/about 2．make—makes 3．times—time 4．having—have ‎　5．him—them 6．去掉that 　7．try后加to 8．√‎ ‎9．compete加against/with 10．happier—happy ‎ G ‎1.去掉but 2.children→child 3.about→for 4.did→does ‎ ‎5.在all后加the 6.Doing→Do 7.√ 8.hurting→hurt ‎ 9.去掉been 10.he→him ‎ H ‎1. went →goes 2. newspaper前面加 a 3. passing →pass ‎ ‎　4. over →to 5. see →read 6. unless →until ‎ ‎　7.√ 8. It 改为There 9. 去掉to 10. very →more 高考短文改错题命题规律探讨 考查类型:‎ ‎1. 多词 ‎1）不可数名词泛指时,多冠词,或不可数名词/抽象名词,多不当修饰词.2）谓语动词多不当助动词3）感官使役动词后不定式作宾语补足语时多了to4）不是从句却加了关系词或连接词5）及物动词后多了介词或副词6）比较级前多词7）词义重叠 / 冗词错误8）作时间状语的名词短语前多了介词9）固定搭配中多词 ‎2. 缺词 ‎1）可数名词前缺限定词2）动词不定式缺to3）不及物动词后缺介词或副词4）固定搭配中缺词50被动语态缺助动词be 6）句子成分残缺(一般缺谓语动词或动词)‎ ‎3.错词 ‎1）不定冠词a / an、定冠词或物主代词错误2）可数名词复数少了－s3）动词时态与时间状语（或上下文）不一致4）语态错误5）非谓语动词形式错误6）主谓不一致7）代词和名词不一致8）词义辨析错误9）介词与名词、动词或形容词搭配错误10）连词错误11）词类错误12）关系代词或关系副词错误13）逻辑错误14）固定搭配和习惯用法错误 ‎ 短文改错口诀 ‎ 动词形，名词数，‎ ‎ 注意形和副；‎ ‎ 非谓动词细辨别，‎ ‎ 习惯用法要记住；‎ ‎ 句子成分多分析，‎ ‎ 逻辑错误须关注。‎ 一、动词形 主要包括两类错误：动词的时态和语态错误，以及主、谓不一致的错误。例如：‎ My favourite sport is football. I was member of our school football team. is ‎ Now my picture and prize is hanging in the library. are ‎ 上述两例分别属于时态错误和主、谓不一致错误。找出此类错误的关键是树立牢固的时态概念，注意短文内容发生或存在的时间，保持时间概念的一致性。‎ 二、名词数 指名词单、复数形式的用法错误。常表现为将名词复数写成单数。例如：‎ ‎…so that I’ll get good marks in all my subject. subjects ‎ 三、区分形和副 即区分形容词和副词在句子中的作用和具体用法。这也是高考短文改错的常考点。例如：‎ I’m sure we’ll have a wonderfully time together. wonderful ‎ Unfortunate, there are too many people in my family. Unfortunately 需要注意的是，形容词多用来做定、表、补语等，而副词只能在句子中作状语，修饰动词、形容词、副词或整个句子。第一例中的wonderful作定语修饰time，第二句的Unfortunately作状语修饰整个句子。‎ 四、非为动词细辨别 这是考查最多的错误形式之一。主要有分词和动名词类错误，也包括不定式类错误。例如：‎ ‎ …in my spare time, but now I am interesting in football. interested ‎ Play football not only makes us grow up tall and strong but also … playing ‎ ‎ My parents love me… and will do all they can ∧ make sure… to ‎ 上述二、三例分别是动名词作主语，和不定式作目的状语。一般的，现在分词有主动态和进行时的含义，而过去分词具有被动态和完成时的含义，不定式有将来时态的含义。‎ 五、习惯用法要记住 主要考查习惯搭配方面的基础知识。这也是历年高考的常考点，其错误表现形式主要有三种：‎ 多词、少词和搭配错误。例如：‎ It was very kind for them to meet me at the railway station and… of ‎ We must keep in mind that we play for the team instead ∧ ourselves. of__‎ 六、句子成分多分析 不同的句子成分要用不同的词类；不同的语景要选择不同的词语。这些都有待我们对句子结构和句子成分作细致的分析，才能找出用词不当的错误。例如：‎ They ∧eager to know everything about China and… were ‎ I live in Beijing, where is the capital of China. which ‎ 第一例漏掉了谓语动词were，这是受寒于习惯的影响而导致的错误；第二例则是词类与它在句子中的成分不相符，where是副词，不能作主语。‎ 七、逻辑错误须关注 与句子的上、下文不一致，甚至相矛盾，属于逻辑性错误。如称谓上的张冠李戴，人名、地名、时间、方位等方面的错误，常是这类错误的考查对象。例如：‎ The Smiths did his best to make me feel at home. their ‎ First, let me tell you something more about myself. 去掉more ‎… no way of setting the matter except by selling the set. ‎ Now someone at home reads instead. everyone ‎ 上述第一例中的主语是Smiths（史密斯夫妇俩），因此后面的his不合逻辑。第二例中的more在这儿表“再”的意思，才开始告诉别人，怎么能说“再告诉你一些事”？第三例讲的是为了解决看电视时的争端，“我们”把电视机卖了；晚上没电视看了，所以与从前一样，大家又都读书了，所以该用everyone。‎ ‎1.一致性问题：‎ ‎1）主谓一致 ‎2）时态一致 ‎3）名词的数 与格的一致 ‎4）代词中指代关系的一致 ‎5）句式结构与语意的一致 ‎6）行文逻辑关系的一致 ‎2.词的用法 ‎1）词的分类知识：‎ ‎2）构词法知识：‎ ‎3）词的惯用法 ‎3.短文该错考查项目 ‎1）错词更正 ‎2）多词删除 ‎3）缺词补漏 短文改错的12个错误类型:‎ ‎1. 冠词使用错误 2. 名词使用错误 ‎3. 代词使用错误 4. 谓语动词使用错误 ‎5. 非谓语动词使用错误 6. 介词使用错误 ‎7. 形容词与副词使用错误 8. 并列句与复合句 ‎9. 用词重叠错误 10. 习惯用法错误 ‎11. 逻辑错误 12. 一致性错误 高一英语短文改错专练22套 ‎1‎ 短文改错（共10小题；每小题1分，满分10分）‎ ‎    A shopkeeper once found that a bag money       56．＿＿＿＿＿＿＿‎ had been stolen from his shop． He went to the     57．＿＿＿＿＿＿＿‎ judge（法官） and tell him about his loss（损失）． 58．＿＿＿＿＿＿＿‎ The judge ordered all people of the shop           59．＿＿＿＿＿＿＿‎ to come before him． He took a number of the       60．＿＿＿＿＿＿＿‎ sticks of equal length（长度） or gave one stick   61．＿＿＿＿＿＿＿‎ to each person． Then he said， “Come after me    62．＿＿＿＿＿＿＿‎ again tomorrow． I’ll then know which of you are  63．＿＿＿＿＿＿＿‎ the thief because the stick given to a thief       64．＿＿＿＿＿＿＿‎ will be one inch longer than the other．”         65．＿＿＿＿＿＿＿‎ keys: 56．bag后加of     57．√  58．tell→told       59．all后加the  ‎ ‎60．去掉the       61．or→and         62．after→before    63．are→is  ‎ ‎64．a→the        65．other→others ‎2‎ 短文改错（共10小题；每小题1分，满分10分）‎ ‎    Miss Evans taught physics in school in London．Last month    56．＿＿＿＿＿‎ she was explaining to one of her class about sound ，and         57．＿＿＿＿＿‎ she decide to test them to see how successful she had            58．＿＿＿＿＿‎ been in her work． She said to them， “Now I has a sister        59．＿＿＿＿＿‎ in Washington． If I was calling her by the phone， and          60．＿＿＿＿＿‎ you were on the other side of the street． Who would             61．＿＿＿＿＿‎ hear me first， my sister and you？ And why？”                   62．＿＿＿＿＿‎ A clever boy at once answered， “You sister， Miss               63．＿＿＿＿＿‎ Evans， because the electricity travels much faster than sound   64．＿＿＿＿＿‎ waves．” “Very well，” Miss Evans praised．                   65．＿＿＿＿＿‎ keys: 56．第一个in后加a     　57．class→classes　      58．decide→decided  ‎ ‎59．has→have   　    60．by→on　      61． √       62．and→or   　‎ ‎63．You→Your   　     64．去掉the                65．well→good ‎3‎ 短文改错（共10小题；每小题1分，满分10分）‎ ‎    It is interested to visit another country， but sometimes       56． ＿＿＿‎ there are some questions when we don’t know the language very      57． ＿＿＿‎ well． It may be difficult to talk about the people there． We may  58． ＿＿＿‎ not know how to use the telephone in the country which are          59． ＿＿＿‎ visiting． We may not know what to buy the things we need．         60． ＿＿＿‎ In a strange country we may not know where to eat and what          61． ＿＿＿‎ to order in a restaurant． It is not easy to decide how many        62． ＿＿＿‎ money to tip（付小费） waiters or taxi drivers． When we are         63． ＿＿＿‎ helpless， we may not know how to ask help．                        64． ＿＿＿‎ After a short time later， however， we learn what to do            65． ＿＿＿‎ and what to say． We learn to enjoy life in another country， and then we may be sorry to leave both the place and the people． ‎ Keys:56． interested→interesting            57． questions→problems  ‎ ‎58． about→with／to            59． which后加we           60． what→how  ‎ ‎61． and→or                    62． many→much            63．√   ‎ ‎64． ask后加for                 65． 去掉later ‎4‎ 短文改错（共10小题；每小题1分，满分10分）‎ ‎    Long long ago， people had gather leaves and           56． ＿＿＿＿＿‎ fruit of plants to eat with． They didn’t know how        57． ＿＿＿＿＿‎ to plant crops or how to keep animals for their            58． ＿＿＿＿＿‎ food． We call them Stone Age people． Thing for           59． ＿＿＿＿＿‎ them were terrible and hard． Now there have still         60． ＿＿＿＿＿‎ some people living liked those Stone Age people．          61． ＿＿＿＿＿‎ They live in places that are hard reach． They do          62． ＿＿＿＿＿‎ not know of our invention， for they keep themselves       63． ＿＿＿＿＿‎ away our civilized world． For many years                  64． ＿＿＿＿＿‎ a group of people call Aruntas have lived alone            65． ＿＿＿＿＿‎ in the center of Australia． ‎ Keys:56． had→had to      57．去掉with         58．√      59． Thing→Things   ‎ ‎60． have→are            61． liked→like            62． reach→to reach ‎63． invention→inventions      64． away后加from        65． call→called ‎5‎ 短文改错（共10小题；每小题1分，满分10分）‎ ‎    How robins（知更鸟） know when it is time             56． ＿＿＿＿＿‎ to go back north？ They seem to tell by how  ‎ soon daylight lasts． In late winter， daylight          57． ＿＿＿＿＿‎ begins to last longest each day． When the               58． ＿＿＿＿＿‎ daylight lasts long enough， robins start north．        59． ＿＿＿＿＿‎ They fly by day． Each year they follow a same           60． ＿＿＿＿＿‎ fly－way． At first， they fly only few miles a          61． ＿＿＿＿＿‎ day． They stop often in the field to eat bugs           62． ＿＿＿＿＿‎ ‎（小虫子）． Late， they seem in a hurry． They fly       63． ＿＿＿＿＿‎ over 100 miles a day． Some are going so far             64． ＿＿＿＿＿‎ as 180 miles． When they get to home， they              65． ＿＿＿＿＿‎ always stay together high in a tree． ‎ Keys: 56．How后加do             57．soon→long           58．longest→longer    ‎ ‎59．√       60．a→the        61．few前加a         62．field→fields   ‎ ‎63．Late→Later           64．so→as               65．去掉to ‎6‎ 短文改错（共10小题；每小题1分，满分10分）‎ On the Internet ‎    The Internet is playing a important part in             56． ＿＿＿＿＿‎ our daily life． On the net，we can learn about             57． ＿＿＿＿＿‎ news both home and abroad and some other                    58． ＿＿＿＿＿‎ informations as well． We can also make phone calls，       59． ＿＿＿＿＿‎ send messages by e-mails，go to net schools，and            60． ＿＿＿＿＿‎ learn foreign languages by ourselves． Beside，we           61． ＿＿＿＿＿‎ can enjoy music，watch sports matches，and play the         62． ＿＿＿＿＿‎ chess or cards． The net even help us do shopping，         63． ＿＿＿＿＿‎ make a chat with others and make friends with them．        64． ＿＿＿＿＿‎ In a word，the Internet has made our life more easier．     65． ＿＿＿＿＿‎ Keys:56．a→an                   57．√             58．home前加at       ‎ ‎59．informations→information              60．e-mails→e-mail        ‎ ‎61．Beside→Besides            62．去掉the                 63．help→helps ‎64．第一个make→have           65．more→much ‎7‎ 短文改错（共10小题；每小题1分，满分10分）‎ ‎    In the morning of November 18th，1755，an earthquake         56． ＿＿＿＿＿‎ shook Boston．John，a professor at Harvard College felt a quake  57． ＿＿＿＿＿‎ and woke up．“I rose and found to be fifteen minutes past        58． ＿＿＿＿‎ four．” He hurried to downstairs to the clock． It had stopped    59． ＿＿＿＿‎ three minutes ago． Except for stopping the clock，the quake     60． ＿＿＿＿＿‎ had only thrown a key from the mantel（壁炉架） to the floor．   61． ＿＿＿＿＿‎ The clock had stopped because John put some long                 62． ＿＿＿＿＿‎ glass tube he was using for an experiment into the case          63． ＿＿＿＿＿‎ for safekeeping．The quake had been knocked the tubes over and   64． ＿＿＿＿＿‎ blocked the pendulum（钟摆）． So John had the exactly ‎ time of the earthquake．                                         65． ＿＿＿＿＿‎ keys: 56．In→On             57．第二个a→the          58．found后加it   ‎ ‎ 59．去掉第一个to      60．ago→before       61．√      62．put前加had    ‎ ‎63．tube→tubes              64．去掉been               65．exactly→exact ‎8‎ 短文改错（共10小题；每小题1分，满分10分）‎ ‎    People have different tastes in food． Some feel they haven't a meal unless they have had          56． ＿＿＿＿＿＿‎ pork or other meat；some prefer chickens               57． ＿＿＿＿＿＿‎ or fish，and eats one or the other at every meal．     58． ＿＿＿＿＿＿‎ Others prefer vegetables and fruits or   ‎ grains but would enjoy a meal of potatoes，            59． ＿＿＿＿＿＿‎ noodles and carrots and some another fruits．          60． ＿＿＿＿＿＿‎ Others could live on the foods are called              61． ＿＿＿＿＿＿‎ fast foods，for example，a hamburger or                62． ＿＿＿＿＿＿‎ hot dog，French fries and a soft drinks．              63． ＿＿＿＿＿＿‎ Food can be prepared by so many ways．                 64． ＿＿＿＿＿＿‎ Every is satisfactory to different person．            65． ＿＿＿＿＿＿‎ Keys:56．haven’t后加had     57．chickens→chicken      58．eats→eat ‎ ‎59．but→and      60．another→other      61．foods后加that或去掉are ‎ ‎62．√      63．去掉a       64．by→in      65．Every→Each ‎ ‎9‎ 短文改错（共10小题；每小题1分，满分10分）‎ ‎    In recently years，dust storms take place more         76． ＿＿＿＿＿‎ and more often in the north of Chinese． They have         77． ＿＿＿＿＿‎ brought a great deal of trouble to people’s lives．        78． ＿＿＿＿＿‎ The strong wind blows up the dust，made the air            79． ＿＿＿＿＿‎ very dirty． It also stops many of people from going       80． ＿＿＿＿＿‎ out． In past，people raised a large number of sheep．     81． ＿＿＿＿＿‎ The sheep eat up a great deal of grass and the land        82． ＿＿＿＿＿‎ became sandy． Now the government have begun to            83． ＿＿＿＿＿‎ pay attention to the problem． Each year，a lot of         84． ＿＿＿＿＿‎ money spent on the improvement of the environment．        85． ＿＿＿＿＿‎ ‎76．recently→recent      77．Chinese→China     78．lives→life ‎ ‎79．made→making       80．去掉of     81．past前加the     82．eat→ate ‎ ‎83．have→has          84．√       85．spent前加is ‎ ‎10‎ 短文改错（共10小题；每小题1分，满分10分）‎ ‎    Life in the twenty－one century will be very              56． ＿＿＿‎ different with life today． There will be many                57． ＿＿＿‎ changes．What can the changes be？ The population             58． ＿＿＿‎ is growing fast． That will be many more people in            59． ＿＿＿‎ the world and most of them will live in longer                60． ＿＿＿‎ than people live now． Computers will be much                 61． ＿＿＿‎ more smaller and more useful， and there will                 62． ＿＿＿‎ be one in every home． People will work few                   63． ＿＿＿‎ hours than they now and they will have more                   64．＿＿＿‎ free time for reading books， watch TV and traveling．        65．＿＿＿‎ keys: 56．twenty-one→twenty-first       57．with→from      58．can→will ‎ ‎59．That→There       60．去掉in       61．√      62．去掉第一个more ‎ ‎63．few→fewer       64．now前加do       65．watch→watching ‎ ‎11‎ 短文改错（共10小题；每小题1分，满分10分）‎ ‎    Once one year a race is held． A lot                56． ＿＿＿＿＿‎ of cars took part this race last year and there         57． ＿＿＿＿＿‎ had a lot of experiments just before it began． One     58． ＿＿＿＿＿‎ of the most beautiful car was a Rolls－Royce            59． ＿＿＿＿＿‎ Silver Ghost． The most usual car was a Benz            60． ＿＿＿＿＿‎ which had only three wheels． Built in 1885，it is the  61． ＿＿＿＿＿‎ oldest car taking part． After a great many loud        62． ＿＿＿＿＿‎ noises，the race began． Many of cars broke down on     63． ＿＿＿＿＿‎ the way and some drivers spent much time under          64． ＿＿＿＿＿‎ their cars than in them． The win car reached at        65． ＿＿＿＿＿‎ a speed of forty miles an hour． ‎ Keys: 56．one→every       57．part后加in       58．had→were     59．car→cars     ‎ ‎60．usual→unusual      61．is→was     62．√        63．cars前加the     ‎ ‎64．much→more或much后加more      65．win→winning ‎12‎ 短文改错（共10小题；每小题1分， 满分10分）‎ ‎    Sleep，as we know， is important to us． And            56． ＿＿＿＿‎ how many sleep do we actually need？For most                57． ＿＿＿＿‎ of us， eight hours seem to be about the right              58． ＿＿＿＿‎ amount． Yet we know that there are a                       59． ＿＿＿＿‎ great many people who get along well less                   60． ＿＿＿＿‎ sleep ，and some whom may even need more． A                61． ＿＿＿＿‎ great deal depends by the way we live． But                 62． ＿＿＿＿‎ a good common rule to follow to is to                       63． ＿＿＿＿‎ sleep long as we have to． So we’ll feel                    64． ＿＿＿＿‎ happy and be able to work with our best when we wake．                        65． ＿＿＿＿‎ keys: 56．And→But       57．many→much       58．seem→seems   59．√  ‎ ‎　‎ ‎60．well后加with   61．whom→who        62．by→on        63．去掉第二个to   ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎64．long前加as      65．with→at ‎13‎ 短文改错（共10小题；每小题1分，满分10分）‎ Different people speak different language，                 76．＿＿＿＿‎ but sports have a language of its own． A football          77．＿＿＿＿‎ player from Japan can not play with a player from           78．＿＿＿＿‎ England． One does not need to understand the language      79．＿＿＿＿‎ of the other． The game speaks for themselves．             80．＿＿＿＿‎ Peoples who do not know each other often become             81．＿＿＿＿‎ friend after they have played together． The new            82．＿＿＿＿‎ boy or girl in school quickly become one of the             83．＿＿＿＿‎ class after few games． People in different parts of        84．＿＿＿＿‎ the world learn to understand one other through sports．    85．＿＿＿＿‎ keys: 76． language → languages       77． its → their       78．去掉 not ‎　‎ ‎79． ∨          80． themselves → itself           81．Peoples → People ‎ ‎　‎ ‎82． friend → friends                83． become→becomes ‎　‎ ‎84． few 前加 a                       85． other → another ‎14‎ 短文改错（共10小题；每小题1分，满分10分）‎ ‎    My friend Henry has a most unusually hobby              56． ＿＿＿＿＿‎ ‎（爱好）． He likes plant flowers in strange places．       57． ＿＿＿＿＿‎ When the spring comes round， you can always tell           58． ＿＿＿＿＿‎ Henry had been busy working because the dirty sides of      59． ＿＿＿＿＿‎ canals（沟渠） and railway banks suddenly                   60． ＿＿＿＿＿‎ became filled of flowers． In his spare time， with         61． ＿＿＿＿＿‎ pockets full of seeds， Henry goes round by his bike．      62． ＿＿＿＿＿‎ He has a long pipe with him blow seeds into places          63． ＿＿＿＿＿‎ that is hard to reach． When his flowers fade（凋谢），     64． ＿＿＿＿＿‎ he goes round again to collect its seeds． In this way      65． ＿＿＿＿＿‎ he always has a big supply．‎ Keys:56． unusually→unusual         57． plant→planting或 to plant       ‎ ‎58．去掉the              59． had→has            60．√              ‎ ‎61． filled→full或 of→with             62． by→on 或去掉his              ‎ ‎63． 在him 后加to           64． is→are            65． its→their ‎15‎ 短文改错（共10小题；每小题1分，满分10分）‎ Dear Peter， ‎ ‎    Thanks very much on inviting me to your birthday         56．＿＿＿＿＿＿‎ party on Sunday． I’d like very much come， but              57．＿＿＿＿＿＿‎ I had an examination on Monday morning． It is               58．＿＿＿＿＿＿‎ a very important exam， but I can’t afford to                59．＿＿＿＿＿＿‎ fail it． I’ll spend all the whole weekend reading           60．＿＿＿＿＿＿‎ and prepare for it． So I’m really sorry that                61．＿＿＿＿＿＿‎ I won’t able to come this time． Hope you                    62．＿＿＿＿＿＿‎ can understand． I’ll take this chance to wish               63．＿＿＿＿＿＿‎ you a wonderful time in your birthday． Happy                64．＿＿＿＿＿＿‎ birthday， Peter， and many happy return of the day！        65．＿＿＿＿＿＿‎ ‎                                                                  Yours，      ‎ ‎                                                                 Li Ming ‎ Keys: 56． on→for              57． much后加to          58． had→have ‎59． but→and／so         60． 去掉all             61． prepare→preparing ‎ ‎62． able前加be        63．∨        64． in→on      65． return→returns ‎ ‎16‎ 短文改错（共10小题；每小题1分，满分10分）‎ Sandy is busy． Like many other girl about her              56．＿＿＿＿＿‎ age， she spends hours in the telephone， talking to her    57．＿＿＿＿＿‎ friends． She often go out on weekends． She looks          58．＿＿＿＿＿‎ after children for other families get some money．          59．＿＿＿＿＿‎ And， of course， during the school years she herself       60．＿＿＿＿＿‎ has many homework to do． During the football season，      61．＿＿＿＿＿‎ she and the other pretty girls are leaders for school       62．＿＿＿＿＿‎ football games． They led the crowd in cheering （加        63．＿＿＿＿＿‎ 油）for school team． The cheers are not long， but it      64．＿＿＿＿＿‎ takes a long time to practise shout together．              65．＿＿＿＿＿‎ keys: 56．girl→girls          57． in→on           58． go→goes  ‎ ‎59．get前加to         60． √         61． many→much       62． 去掉the   ‎ ‎63． led→ lead         64． school前加the           65． shout→shouting ‎17‎ 短文改错（共10小题；每小题1分，满分10分）     Mrs Jackson is very old woman． She            ‎ ‎56．＿＿＿＿ had a very small room in an old house． She        57．＿＿＿＿ has lived there in 1964． That was                 58．＿＿＿＿ the year when her husband death． He               59．＿＿＿＿ had been ill for many year． After his             60．＿＿＿＿ death Mrs Jackson had not some money at all．      61．＿＿＿＿ She found out work in a factory． Her              62．＿＿＿＿ job was to clean the offices． She had get up      63．＿＿＿＿ at six in the morning． Last year she was          64．＿＿＿＿ ill and her doctor said，“ Not work so hard．”   65．＿＿＿＿‎ Keys:‎ ‎56． is后加 a        57． had→has      58． in→since         59． death→died 60． year→years     61． some→any     62． 去掉out           63． had后加to 64． √            65． Not→Don’t ‎18‎ 短文改错（共10小题；每小题1分，满分10分） Dear Smith，      I’m glad to hearing that you are going to visit our school in the near future． 56．＿＿ Now I’d like to tell you the way to our school after you get on the train．          57．＿＿ Come out from of the railway station， turn left and                                  58．＿＿ walk up the road toward the traffic light．                                           59．＿＿ After you pass a bank in your left， turn right，                                     60．＿＿ and walk still further until you across the road．                                    61．＿＿ Then walk along the street and you’ll find cinema on your left．                     62．＿＿ Come to fourth crossing on the left．                                                 63．＿＿ Go down the street and you’ll see No． 1 High School halfway up the street         64．＿＿ on your left．You can't miss it．You are welcomed．I hope you'll have a good time．  ‎ ‎ 65．＿＿ Best wishes．                                                                                    Yours，                                                                                    Li Ping Keys: 56．hearing→hear      57． on →off        58． 去掉from        59． light→lights 60． in→on               61． across→cross          62． cinema前加 a ‎ ‎63． fourth前加 the              64．√           65． welcomed→welcome ‎19‎ 短文改错（共10小题；每小题1分，满分10分）     Once there was a boy liked reading books very                   56． ＿＿＿＿ much． Because the boy was so poor to buy any books，               57． ＿＿＿＿ so he had no books of his own． But that could not stop             58． ＿＿＿＿ him from reading． He decided to borrow from a friend               59． ＿＿＿＿ of his， who was living far away to the boy's home． The            60． ＿＿＿＿ boy always tried his best to finish read the books                  61． ＿＿＿＿ and then returned them back to the owner within the                 62． ＿＿＿＿ given time． That was the reason why his friend was glad            63． ＿＿＿＿ to lend him any of his books． The many books the boy read，        64． ＿＿＿＿ the more knowledge he learned． And late he became a great writer． 65． ＿＿＿＿‎ Keys: 56．liked前加 who        57． so→too        58． 去掉so         59． borrow后加books ‎ ‎60． to→from            61． read→reading  62． 去掉back       63．正确 64． many→more          65． late→later ‎ ‎20‎ 短文改错（共10小题；每小题1分，满分10分）     I went down to my friend's Tom's farm last          76． ＿＿＿＿＿＿ August to helping him． August is the busiest           77． ＿＿＿＿＿＿ time of the year for farmers，so it is then             78． ＿＿＿＿＿＿ which they have to cut the corn． It is also the        79．‎ ‎ ＿＿＿＿＿＿ time of me to spend my holiday，so I decided            80． ＿＿＿＿＿＿ to do something that is useful and at the               81． ＿＿＿＿＿＿ same time quite different from my work                  82． ＿＿＿＿＿＿ at the office in London． Lucky the weather             83． ＿＿＿＿＿＿ was fine while my two weeks on the farm．               84． ＿＿＿＿＿＿ I enjoyed myself and I learned lot there．              85． ＿＿＿＿＿＿‎ Keys: 76． friend's →friend       77． helping → help         78． so → because ‎ ‎79． which → that        80． of → for        81． is → was         82． √ ‎ ‎83． Lucky → Luckily       84． while → during        85． lot 前加a ‎ ‎21‎ 短文改错（共10小题；每小题1分，满分10分）      Attention， please！ I’m sorry to tell you that the visit to   56． ＿＿＿ the country， that we planned for this morning， will                57． ＿＿＿ be put off until tomorrow because the rain． This morning            58． ＿＿＿ we will visit a middle school， where has a history of 85            59． ＿＿＿ years． This afternoon we’ll visit the industry exhibition， from   60． ＿＿＿ which many new products are in show． Some of them                   61． ＿＿＿ won nation prizes for invention． The bus will wait for              62． ＿＿＿ us at the gate of our hotel at a half past eight． Please be         63． ＿＿＿ there on time． Don’t forget to bringing your things you need       64． ＿＿＿ with you． If you had any questions， you can ask me． Thanks．      65． ＿＿＿‎ Keys: 56． ∨       57． that → which       58． because 后加of     59． where→ which ‎ ‎60． from → in          61． in → on              62． nation → national ‎ ‎63． 去掉a               64． bringing →bring      65． had →have ‎21‎ 短文改错（共10小题；每小题1分，满分10分）     It is late in the evening． There was a knock on the      56． ＿＿＿ door． I opened it and found a young man wore dark            57．‎ ‎ ＿＿＿ glasses． He said he was a friend of my brother． I didn't    58． ＿＿＿ remember my brother had such friend， but I had to let        59． ＿＿＿ him in． As we talked， I found that he knew something        60． ＿＿＿ about my brother． I came to the conclusion （结论） that     61． ＿＿＿ he was telling the truth． Just then my brother came          62． ＿＿＿ out and the stranger was taken by surprise． I caught         63． ＿＿＿ hold of the man while my brother rang up to the police．      64． ＿＿＿ In fact he was only a thief from other town nearby．          65． ＿＿＿‎ Keys: 56． is→was            57． wore→wearing             58． brother→brother’s 59． such后加a        60． something→nothing        61． ∨         62． was后加not 63． out→in／back      ‎ 四不改：‎ ‎1. 单词拼写不改 . 2.大小写不改 . ‎ ‎ 3.词序不改 . 4.标点符号不改 .‎ 高考短文改错题的目的在于测试考生发现、判断、纠正语篇中语言错误的能力，兼顾考查考生在语篇中综合运用英语的准确性。它往往选用一篇100~130个单词左右、内容鲜活、语言地道、通俗易懂的短文，供考生在阅读中判断、纠正，从而检测学生综合运用英语的能力。‎ 一般来说，短文的内容比较简单，结构也不复杂，但由于测试点覆盖面广、层次多、设计的问题又往往是考生容易忽视或在写作中经常出错的地方，所以历年来，考生在这道题的得分都不高。高考短文改错题目的形式有说明文、记叙文、应用文等，具有很强的实用性。‎ ‎1．从选材内容、总词数和句子类型来看 ‎⑴高考短文改错选材内容贴近中学生日常生活实际，且以第一人称为主。‎ ‎⑵高考短文改错文体主要以记叙文为主，兼顾说明文、议论文和应用文。‎ ‎⑶文章总体长度相对稳定，总词数在100~130之间。‎ ‎⑷句子结构以简单句为主，复合句有逐年增加的趋势。‎ ‎ 2．从错误类型设置规律来看 ‎⑴无论全国卷还是地方卷，短文改错各大错误类型设置比较稳定。‎ ‎⑵大致上，错词占6~7行，多词和缺词共占2~3行，正确占1行。‎ ‎3．从测试要点设置来看 ‎⑴测试要点词类涉及广泛，分布合理，每篇改错尽可能涉及多个考查点。‎ ‎⑵考查实词为主，涉及动词的时态、语态、非谓语动词、动词词义辨析、名词、形容词、副词等，兼顾介词、代词、冠词等虚词。‎ ‎⑶对句法结构、行文逻辑的考查有呈逐年增加的趋势。‎ 二、高考短文改错题答题思路点拨 在短文改错试题中，冠词、名词、代词、动词、形容词、副词、连词和介词等都会涉及到。我个人认为，相关性错误是短文改错考查的核心，考生一定要明确每个小题考查的知识点、命题者的命题意图是什么。这就要求考生不仅要从语法角度分析短文中出现的错误，而且要理解上下文甚至全篇的内容，才能做出正确判断。具体来说：‎ ‎1．冠词 冠词考查分两个方面，一是冠词残缺或多余，考生要注意关于含有冠词(不含冠词)的用法以及加冠词与不加冠词的区别，如：in charge of与in the charge of，out of question与out of the question的区别。二是冠词the，a，an(定冠词和不定冠词)之间的相互误用。 ‎ ‎【典例1】As everyone knows, it's famous mountain with all kinds of plants and animals. ‎ 解析：mountain是可数名词，所以famous前加不定冠词a。‎ ‎2．名词 名词主要考查单数名词变复数名词，这主要是受东西方文化差异的影响，英语中除了不可数名词和单数名词用单数外，可数名词要用复数形式。 ‎ ‎【典例2】The airport bus leaves every 30 minute and will take you rightly to the Friendship Hotel. ‎ 解析：30是数词，后接复数名词，因此minute应改为minutes。every 30 minutes每隔三十分钟。‎ ‎3．代词 代词主要有人称代词、物主代词、关系代词、反身代词、疑问代词、复合疑问代词、指示代词，要注意代词的各人称之间和单复数之间的误用，关系代词which，that，as之间的误用，关系代词that与疑问代词what之间的误用，关系代词which与关系副词when，where，以及what与how的误用等。 ‎ ‎【典例3】On Thursday I will have to decide what I want myself to do over a weekend. ‎ 解析：want可直接接不定式做宾语，所以应该去掉myself。‎ ‎4．动词 动词是短文改错的重点和难点，因为它涉及到动词的时态(主要是一般现在时变成一般过去时)和语态误用(主要是缺少助动词)，非谓语动词的误用(主要是现在分词与过去分词之间的误用，动词不定式符号to的添加，动词原形变成动名词或现在分词的形式等)，动词的动作、结果与状态之间的误用(例如：listen与hear，look与see，watch与notice等)，以及动词的错用(came与went的错用，此处涉及行文逻辑问题)。 ‎ ‎【典例4】My parents love me dearly of course and will do all they can make sure that I get a good education.‎ 解析：此句中all they can为all that they can do的省略形式，to make sure that...为动词不定式短语作目的状语。因此应该在make前加to。‎ ‎5．形容词与副词 形容词与副词主要涉及它们之间的相互误用，另外考生应该注意形容词与名词或代词的搭配，副词与动词的搭配，以及形容词与副词的修饰关系。 ‎ ‎【典例5】Unfortunate, there are too many people in my family. Some wanted to see one programme while others preferred another.‎ 解析：结合语境，这里应用副词Unfortunately作评注性状语，“不幸的是”。‎ ‎6．连词 连词主要有两类，即并列连词和从属连词，考查点主要是并列连词(分递进式、转折式、选择式和因果式四种)之间的误用(主要是but与so/and之间的误用)，从属连词之间的误用以及并列连词与从属连词之间的误用等。 ‎ ‎【典例6】It was almost noon we arrived at the foot of the mountain. ‎ 解析：这是“It was+时间点+when…”句型，因此应该在we前加when。‎ ‎7．介词 介词主要涉及到相关介词的误用，例如：John went to school through (through→across) a bridge three ‎ times a day。 ‎ ‎【典例7】It was very kind for them to meet me at the railway station and drove me to their home. ‎ 解析：It is kind of sb. to do sth.是固定句型，因此应把for改为of。‎ 三、高考短文改错题备考三大方略 ‎1．改错四大原则 尽管高考短文改错的错误有许多种改法,但多数情况下正确答案只有一个。在做改错题时要把握以下四条原则,对提高改错能力会有很大的帮助。‎ ‎⑴错误以改动最少为原则 这是指每行最多只能改动一处，即在一个词上进行改动。可以是增词、减词、改词，但无论是何种改动，只能是增加一词，减少一词或把一个词改成另一个词。没有错误的一行只需打勾表明正确而无需改动。‎ ‎⑵虚词以添加或者删除为原则 历年高考题需要添或删的地方差不多是2-3处。这些需要添删的词一般都应该是冠词、代词、介词、关系词等;而动词、名词等轻易不添删，否则会改变句子的原意。‎ ‎【典例8】 Can you tell me about what I should do next? ‎ 解析：去掉about。本题是从两种相似结构的区别角度命题：tell sb. about sth.意为“告诉某人某事的一些情况”，about后一般跟名词或代词。而tell sb. sth.句型意为“告诉某人某事”，作直接宾语的可以是名词，也可以是名词性从句。 ‎ ‎【典例9】But he was even more surprised to see few children near the tiger’s cage.‎ 解析：few前加不定冠词a。因为从句意上看是“有几个孩子”，few前加上a后，语法、语意都完整无误，且无需大改。但不少考生把few改为some 或many，从语法上看，这样改虽然纠正了错误，句子也非常通顺，但把“几个”变成“一些”或“许多”，与句子原意有了出入，所以不是正确答案。‎ ‎⑶实词以改变形式为原则 在改错中，实词的处理一般只是改变它的形式，而不能改变其词义也不能改换成另一个实词，更不能随便地添删。‎ ‎【典例10】 Would you mind do me a favour?‎ 解析：do改为doing。但有些考生把mind给删去了，使原句成为Would you do me a favour? 这样改虽然纠正了语法错误，但是句子的语气却变得很不委婉，故不是正确答案。 ‎ ‎【典例11】 I’m sure we’ll have a wonderfully time together.‎ 解析：wonderfully 改为wonderful。wonderfully是副词，不能作定语修饰名词time。有些考生把wonderfully 改为good ,这样虽然意思上对了，但是却削弱了原句的语气。‎ ‎⑷原意以保持不变为原则 一般应遵循保持句子原意的原则(即不能改变文章或作者所表达的意思，包括其语气和上下文的逻辑关系)，只对短文中的用词错误、语法错误、行文关系错误进行改正，且要小改而不大改。‎ ‎【典例12】Modern people know more about health, have better food, and to live in cleaner surroundings.‎ 解析：去掉to。因为and连接的是三个并列的谓语动词know, have 和live。部分考生误将and去掉而保留了to，这样to live in cleaner surroundings 成了目的状语，这样改从语法角度看是正确的，但是句子的结构和意思却变了。故这不是正确答案。‎ ‎【典例13】That’s why Americans get uneasy when a listener is silence and shows no change of expression.‎ 解析：silence 改为silent。某些考生对in silence 这一短语很熟悉，所以一看此处silence 前无介词in，即判断为少介词in，但忽略了介词短语in silence 相当于副词silently，表示“安静地，无声地”，多用作状语，修饰谓语动词，与此句意思不符。此处应把silence 改为形容词silent，与前面的系动词is构成系表结构，表示状态。‎ ‎2．最佳解题步骤 ‎⑴通览全文，把握大意 正确理解短文内容，准确把握大意是识别和纠正错误的前提和条件。因此，有必要在动笔之前，快速阅读全文，理清逻辑关系，形成整体印象后，再综合运用已有的语言基础知识着手改错。对短文的首句或前几句所交代的时间、地点、背景以及全文的主体时态应予以特别重视。‎ ‎⑵逐行分析，分句判断 英语短文改错一般“题以行出，错从句生”，因此必须以句子而不是以每行为意义单位来分析。分析复合句查连词，分析主句、从句和简单句查句法和语法错误，最后分析组成句子的各部分查词法错误。判断时务必要结合短文内容瞻前顾后，仔细斟酌，反复推敲，尤其要注意上下文之间是否连贯、统一，行文逻辑是否符合习惯，结构搭配是否和谐等。‎ ‎⑶由易到难，各个击破 纠错时要从最简单最熟悉的项目入手，进行观察、分析、纠正。遇到不好改的难句时，既不要因无从下手而被拦路虎吓倒，畏缩不前，也不要因急于求成而草率行事，匆匆改就。此时，不妨将其“束之高阁”，继续往下做。多数题目做完后，个别难题或许就能根据上下文提供的信息迎刃而解。实在难以改正的，也许就是正确无误的行，可留待最后通盘考虑，再最后敲定。‎ ‎⑷复读全文，弥补疏漏 这是短文改错的最后也是关键的一步。上述步骤完成后，要继续本着“有错必改，有误必纠”的原则复读全文，仔细检查语言是否规范，意思是否连贯，句子是否合乎逻辑，错误类型比例是否恰当，答题是否规范等等，以确保每行每句正确无误。‎ ‎3．备考注意事项 根据短文改错题的命题规律和考生作答时暴露出的问题，我们在复习中应注意以下几点：‎ ‎⑴平时注意培养发现、判断文章中错误的能力 我们常常发现考生做题时不但没有改掉错题，反而将正确的题改成错误的了。主要原因是大脑中缺乏正确语言的存储或对正确语言存储的不够深刻，因而也就失去了发现错误的基础，当然无法判断对与错。因此我们建议考生平时要阅读英语国家原版文章来加大语言的输入量，扩大和加深它们在大脑中的存储、训练的方法可以是让考生多听、多读原文篇章，最好能背诵一些语言地道，与短文改错选文要求相似的百字短文，形成“语感”。同时我们还建议考生在输入时进行有针对性的自我训练。如当考生阅读了一篇短文，“Yesterday evening, I went to see a film....”, 考生可模拟短文改错题的错误类型对自己设问“如果在yesterday evening前加上介词on 为什么不对?”这种办法可使考生多接触正面的训练，避免造成记忆混乱，从根本上提高考生发现、判断文章中错误的能力。‎ ‎⑵平时加强语言基本功的训练，尤其是要培养和提高考生使用语言的准确性 加强语言基本功的训练，就要注意英语词汇和语法的学习。要求考生准确掌握动词的时态、语态、语气，名词的数、冠词的使用，介词的搭配，形容词和副词的级，各种连词的词义及功能等等。加强语言基本功的训练，不仅要注意英语词汇和语法的学习，更要注意语篇知识的学习。要了解构成篇章的结构、反映其内在的逻辑关系及文章的含义的各种手段。‎ ‎⑶在坚持平时以正面训练为主的基础上，适当地进行专题训练 临近高考，短文改错题的强化训练是必要的，但是方法要得当。建议不要一味地盲目做题。应在做完一定量的强化题后，停下来对自己的错误进行认真的分析，找出对自己成绩提高影响最大的知识点或其他问题。然后集中力量就此做更系统和深入的查漏补缺学习。最后，再返回来做题，以检验学习效果。‎ ‎⑷坚持短文改错与书面表达相结合的原则，实现“双赢”‎ 在书面表达训练时，渗透短文改错训练，即就地取材，将学生的书面表达作为短文改错的原始材料，进行短文改错模拟训练，这样既能巩固学生书面表达中出现的重要知识点，又能够提高书面表达和短文改错能力，实现“双赢”，何乐而不为呢？‎ 重点突破 重点1 名词 重点诠释 名词是英语中最常用词性之一，因此在历年高考试题中屡见不鲜，其中考查热点集中在特定语境下名词词义辨析、含名词短语的习惯搭配、可数名词与不可数名词的区分、名词所有格以及相关冠词的用法、主谓一致等。要在短文改错中准确辨别名词方面的错误，首先应对名词中容易出现错误的知识点掌握清楚。‎ 重点一: 特定语境下要求运用名词复数形式 ‎ 英语中名词分为可数名词和不可数名词，可数名词又分为单数可数名词和复数可数名词。那么名词要求用复数形式常见于以下几种情况：‎ ‎1．名词前有two, ten, several, many等表复数意义的限定词。‎ ‎【典例1】But one and a half year later I now think English is fun to learn.‎ 解析：year→years。本题考查名词前限定词对名词单复数的限制。one and a half表示“一个半”，是复数概念，因此后边的名词应用复数形式。one and a half years相当于one year and a half。‎ ‎2．名词用复数形式表示类属，即“一类人”或“一类物”。‎ ‎【典例2】All over the world men and woman, boys and girls enjoy sports.‎ 解析：woman→women。本题考查平行结构中名词单复数的确定。本句中，men and woman和boys and girls构成两对对称的短语，意思遥相呼应，“男女老少”，那么形式也要一致，因此都用复数形式。同时注意以下常见名词变为复数时的不规则变化：‎ 单、复数同形类：means, aircraft, deer, fish, Chinese, Japanese, sheep, works, cattle等；‎ 改变元音字母类：man—men, woman—women, foot—feet, tooth—teeth, goose—geese, ox—oxen等；‎ 完全不规则类：child—children, mouse-mice等。‎ ‎3．某些名词，只用复数形式，如glasses眼镜，clothes衣服，goods 货物，trousers裤子，belongings所有物,wages工资，riches财富, surroundings环境，ashes灰尘, congratulations祝贺，have words with sb. 同某人吵架，in high spirits以很高热情地，give one’s regards to sb.向某人问侯，in rags衣衫破烂good manners有礼貌。‎ ‎【典例3】We offered our congratulation on his winning a gold medal at the 10th National Games.‎ 解析：congratulation用于口头上祝贺某人时，常用复数形式，因此应把congratulation改为congratulations。‎ ‎4．在特定语境下，只能用复数形式才能照应句子内在逻辑。‎ ‎【典例4】Sometimes, we talked to each other very well in class, but after class we become stranger at once.‎ 解析：stranger→strangers。本题考查特定语境下名词复数的判定，难度较大。stranger是单数可数名词，“陌生人”，结合语境，“有时我们课堂上愉快交谈，但课后立即变成陌生人了。”这里指我和我的同学们，复数概念。‎ 重点二：不可数名词误用 不可数名词误用主要有以下几种情况：‎ ‎1．英语中不可数名词一般没有复数形式，不能直接与数词连用，前边也不能用a, an等不定冠词。‎ ‎【典例5】Without enough knowledges, you can never learn well.‎ 解析：knowledges→knowledge。本题考查不可数名词表示泛指的用法。该句表示“没有足够的知识，你永远学不好。”这里knowledge泛指各种知识，属于常规用法。‎ ‎2．一般说来抽象名词、物质名词为不可数名词，但当它们表示具体的东西时，可用作可数名词且词义发生变化，主要类型如下：‎ ‎⑴抽象名词表示具有某种特性、状态、感情情绪的人或事。如： ‎ 抽象名词（不可数）‎ 具体化（个体名词，可数名词）‎ in surprise惊讶地 a surprise一件令人惊讶的事 win success获得成功 a success一个(件)成功的人(事)‎ win honor赢得荣誉 an honor一件引以为荣的事 by experience靠经验 an experience一次经历 youth青春 a youth一个青年人 with pleasure乐意 a pleasure乐事 have pity on sb.怜悯某人 a pity可惜的事情 ‎⑵抽象名词与a(an)连用，淡化了抽象概念，转化为似乎可以体验到的动作、行为或类别。如：‎ A knowledge of English is a must in international trade.‎ 英语知识在国际贸易中是必须的。‎ Would you like to have a walk with me?‎ 你愿意和我一起散步吗？‎ It is a waste of time reading such a novel.‎ 阅读这样的小说真是浪费时间。‎ She made an apology to her mother for her wrong doings.‎ 因为自己的错误行为她向母亲道了歉。‎ ‎⑶物质名词也是不可数名词，但表示数量或种类之多时，可以用作可数名词。如：‎ some coffee一些咖啡，a coffee一杯咖啡，three coffees三杯咖啡 some drink一些饮料, a drink一杯饮料，three drinks三杯饮料 his hair他的头发，a few grey hairs几根白发 glass玻璃，a glass一只玻璃杯 ‎【典例6】Oh, John. What pleasant surprise you gave us!‎ 解析：pleasant前加a。本题考查抽象名词具体化的用法。surprise作“惊讶”讲，是不可数名词，但这里指具体的“惊讶的事情”，转化为可数名词，所以前边应用不定冠词a。‎ ‎3．不可数名词的修饰语与可数名词的修饰语应严格区分。‎ 类别 单词或短语 只修饰不可数名词 much, little, a little, a great deal of…‎ 只修饰可数名词 many, few, a few, a number of, a good many…‎ 既修饰可数名词又修饰不可数名词 some, a lot of, plenty of, a large quantity of, large quantities of, masses of…‎ ‎【典例7】There’s so many traffic on the roads that driving is not a pleasure.‎ 解析：many→much。本题考查不可数名词的修饰语。traffic表示“交通流量”，是不可数名词，应用much修饰。many修饰可数名词复数形式。‎ 重点三：名词作定语及名词所有格的用法 ‎1．名词作定语一般用单数，但goods, clothes, sales, sports等单词例外；boy, girl作定语只用单数，而man, woman作定语随中心词单复数变化而变化。‎ ‎【典例8】These girls students want to be women doctors when they grow up.‎ 解析：girls→girl。本题考查名词复数形式及名词作定语。结合前边所讲，这里应用girl（单数形式）作定语。‎ ‎2．在英语中有些名词可以加"s"来表示所有关系，带这种词尾的名词形式称为该名词的所有格，如：a teacher's book。名词所有格的规则如下：‎ ‎⑴单数名词词尾加's，复数名词词尾没有s，也要加's。如：‎ the boy's bag 男孩的书包，men's room 男厕所 ‎ ‎⑵若名词已有复数词尾-s，只加'。如：‎ the workers' struggle　工人的斗争 ‎ ‎⑶凡不能加"’s"的名词，都可以用"名词+of +名词"的结构来表示所有关系。如：‎ the title of the song 歌的名字 ‎ ‎⑷在表示店铺或教堂的名字或某人的家时，名词所有格的后面常常不出现它所修饰的名词。如：‎ the barber's 理发店 the doctor’s 医务室 ‎⑸如果两个名词并列，并且分别有's，则表示"分别有"；只有一个's，则表示“共有”。如：‎ John's and Mary's room（两间）John and Mary's room（一间）‎ ‎【典例9】If the company wants to fire me, they have to give me three months notice. ‎ 解析：months→months’。本题考查名词所有格的用法。three months’ notice指提前三个月通知。该句意为：如果公司想解雇我，他们必须提前三个月通知我。‎ ‎【典例10】This is Anne's and Jane's bedroom. The twin sisters like it very much.‎ 解析：Anne's→Anne。本题考查并列名词所有格的用法。后半句表示两人共有一个房间，因此只能在后面的名词后加’s。‎ ‎【好题调研】‎ ‎1. Please read the instruction carefully before using the medicine.‎ ‎2. It's such an important information that we should report it to the headmaster at once．‎ ‎3. Are they going to have a picnic on Childrens Day?‎ ‎4. To my surprised, I found we have much in common in our taste.‎ ‎5. There are five shoes to choose from, but I’m at a loss which to buy.‎ ‎6. The New York Times are read all over the United States.‎ ‎7. The police is searching the city for a thief.‎ ‎8. During my stay in London I visited many places of interests.‎ ‎9. We study quite a few subject, such as maths, Chinese, English, and physics.‎ ‎10. I take a quick at some of the headline on the front page. ‎ 答案与解析：‎ ‎1. instruction→instructions。本题是不了解名词的特殊用法而造成的错误。Instruction作产品的“说明”讲时，要用复数形式。‎ ‎2. 去掉冠词an。本题属不可数名词的使用错误。information是不可数名词，前边不能用不定冠词修饰。‎ ‎3. Childrens→Children’s。本题考查复数名词所有格的用法。children本身是复数名词，其所有格应加’s，类似地，Women’s Day, Teachers’ Day, Nurses’ Day等。‎ ‎4. surprised→surprise。本题考查含有名词的习惯搭配。my是形容词性物主代词，后接名词。‎ ‎5. shoes前加pairs of。本题考查一些不可数名词和部分“成双”、“成套”的名词表示数量的用法。类似短语，a pair of gloves, a piece of meat, a cup of coffee等。‎ ‎6. are→is。本题考查专有名词作主语的用法。英语中表示地点、国家、书籍、报刊杂志等专有名词作主语，谓语动词都用单数形式。‎ ‎7. is→are。本题考查集体名词作主语时主谓一致的用法。family, class, committee, government等集体名词强调成员，谓语用复数形式，强调整体，谓语用单数形式。police, people, cattle等名词作主语，谓语总是用复数形式。‎ ‎8. interests→interest。本题考查含有名词的习惯搭配。a place of interest意为“名胜点”，复数是places of interest。‎ ‎9. subject→subjects。本题考查特定语境下名词复数的确定。quite a few意为“相当多”，修饰复数名词。‎ ‎10. headline→headlines。本题考查特定语境下名词单复数形式的判断。类似one of, many of结构，后边的中心名词应用复数形式。‎ ‎【强化闯关】‎ ‎1. We practice three times every week and often watch football match on TV together.‎ ‎2. Carry your valuable with you, your money, jewelry, camera and so on.‎ ‎3. The majority of doctors believes smoking is harmful to health.‎ ‎4. After one year hard work, the Senior Three students have already prepared themselves for the entrance examination. ‎ ‎5. Today I visited the Smiths—my first time visit to an American family.‎ ‎6. That is where the main difference between animals and human being lies.‎ ‎7. She said she and my classmate all wished me success.‎ ‎8. Professor White gave me one of the best piece of advice I’ve ever heard.‎ ‎9. If you have troubles falling asleep, some people suggest breathing slowly. ‎ ‎10. I asked several passer-by, but unfortunately none of them knew the difference.‎ ‎11. Remember that we will not always get so many time for our parent and other family members.‎ ‎12. I saw your wife and children waiting for me with warm smile of welcome on their faces.‎ ‎13. I told her not to use the office phone for personal call.‎ ‎14. Looking back at my childhood experience, I think that three reason might explain the fear.‎ ‎15.Many new homes have been built in helping you to get round London. ‎ 答案与解析：‎ ‎1. match→matches。本题是名词复数的使用错误。结合语境，通过电视所看比赛不止一场，复数概念。‎ ‎2. valuable→valuables。本题是因为不了解词的特殊意义而出错。此处valuable是名词，作“贵重物品”讲，应用复数形式。‎ ‎3. believes→believe。本题是因为不了解majority的用法造成主谓不一致。majority表示“大多数”，作主语，谓语用复数形式。‎ ‎4. year→year’s。表示“时间”等名词此作定语时，常用其所有格形式。‎ ‎5. 去掉time。本题考查英汉差别造成的语义重复。英语中first本身已经包含“第一次”之意，因此后边的time是多余的。‎ ‎6. being→beings。本题是名词数的使用错误。human being表示“人类”，是可数名词，此处与animals相对应，应用其复数形式。本句中the main difference作主语，单数形式。‎ ‎7. classmate→classmates。本题考查根据语境用复数的判断能力。结合常识一个学生的classmate不止一个吧，其次，后边用all表示“都祝福我成功”也说明classmates应用复数形式。‎ ‎8. piece→pieces。本题考查语境中必须用复数形式的场合。one of…结构中心名词须用复数形式来表示“……之一”。‎ ‎9. troubles→trouble。本题考查常用句型中名词的用法。have trouble/difficulty in doing 是常用句型，其中trouble/difficulty都是不可数名词。‎ ‎10. passer-by→passers-by。本题考查根据语境用复数的判断能力以及复合名词复数的构成。several暗示后边用复数形式；passer-by属于复合名词，这类词往往加在中心名词上，再如，brothers-in-law, standers-by, grown-ups。‎ ‎11. many→much。本题考查不可数名词的修饰语。many, a good many, a great number of等都表示“许多”概念，但只能修饰可数名词复数形式。‎ ‎12. smile→smiles。本题考查根据语境用复数的判断能力。不止一个人的笑脸，因此应用复数形式。‎ ‎13. call→calls。本题为名词数的误用。call为可数名词，在此语境中须用复数；如用单数须加不定冠词a。‎ ‎14. reason→reasons。本题为名词数的误用。three后接复数名词。‎ ‎15.homes→houses。 home表示“有人类活动的家庭”，而house单纯指“供人居住的房子”。‎ 重点 2 冠词 重点诠释 由于汉语中没有冠词的概念，因此英语中冠词的使用成为中学生容易出错的地方，高考短文改错也正是针对考生在思维上的误区设置错误。短文改错对冠词的考查集中在以下几方面：‎ ‎1.该使用冠词的地方没有使用冠词或不需要使用冠词的地方却使用了冠词；‎ ‎2.冠词的误用，如：该使用定冠词的地方使用了不定冠词，而应该使用不定冠词的地方却使用了定冠词。‎ 考查重点具体来说有：‎ 重点一：冠词漏用 冠词漏用的场合很多，主要见于以下情况：‎ ‎1. 单数可数名词前漏用不定冠词 ‎【典例1】I was a high school student then, from low-income family.‎ 解析：low-income前加a。这里是单数可数名词前漏用了不定冠词。a low-income family表示一个低收入家庭。不定冠词a(n)的基本用法有： ‎ ‎⑴泛指一类人和物，相当于any。如：‎ A horse is a useful animal. ‎ 马是有用的动物。‎ A steel worker makes steel. ‎ 钢铁工人炼钢。‎ ‎⑵表示 one 或every，表示“一”“每”。如：‎ We have three meals a day. ‎ 我们一天吃三顿饭。‎ I’ll return in a day or two. ‎ 我一两天后回来。‎ ‎⑶指某人或某物，但不具体说明是何人、何物。如：‎ A Mr. Wang is waiting for you outside. ‎ 有位姓王的先生在外边等你。‎ ‎⑷用在quite, rather, many, half, what, such 等词后。如：‎ Many a boy is swimming.‎ 许多男孩在游泳。‎ The village is half an hour’s walk from here. ‎ 村庄距离这里步行有半小时的路程。‎ ‎⑸用在 so(as/too/how etc.) +形容词之后。如：‎ How interesting a film it is! ‎ 电影真有趣！ ‎ He is not so /as good a driver as you. ‎ 他不是一位和你一样优秀的司机。‎ ‎⑹用a/an + 抽象名词，表示“一件……的事”、“一个……的人”。如： ‎ As a writer she is a success. ‎ 作为作家，她是成功的。‎ ‎⑺‎ 组成固定词组或成语。如：‎ a little, a few, a lot, a type of, a pile, a great many, many a, as a rule, in a hurry, in a minute, in a word, in a short while, after a while, have a cold, have a try, keep an eye on, all of a sudden等。‎ ‎2. 抽象名词具体化时，前边没有用不定冠词 ‎【典例2】Many people agree that knowledge of English is a must in international trade today.‎ 解析：knowledge前加a。这里抽象名词具体化时，前边漏用了不定冠词。a knowledge of具体……方面的知识。‎ ‎3. 固定搭配中漏用冠词 ‎【典例3】I hope you’ve had a pleasant journey home and will come to China again sometime in future.‎ 解析：future前加the。in future和in the future含义不同。结合语境这里应用后者表示“在将来”。注意以下易混短语的区别：‎ at table 在进餐 in front of 在（外部）前面 at the table 在桌子旁 in the front of 在（内部）前面 in hospital 在住院 out of question 毫无疑问 in the hospital 在医院里 out of the question 不可能 in place of 代替 a number of 许多 in the place of 在……的地方 the number of ‎……的数目 go to prison 坐牢 for a moment 一会儿 go to the prison 到监狱去 for the moment 目前，暂时 in future 从今以后，将来 in charge of 负责 in the future 未来 in the charge of 由……负责 ‎ on earth 究竟 by day 在白天 on the earth 在地球上，在世上 by the day 按日计算 go to church 去做礼拜 in possession of 拥有 go to the church 到教堂去 in the possession of 为……所有 重点二：多余使用冠词 多余使用冠词的场合也很多，常见情况有：‎ ‎1．物质名词或抽象名词表示泛指时前边省略冠词 ‎【典例4】Although we have been members for a short period of time, we have made a great progress.‎ 解析：去掉第二a。本题考查不可数名词不与不定冠词连用的用法。progress作“进步”讲是不可数名词，前边不能用不定冠词。make progress取得进步。‎ ‎2．三餐饭、球类运动、季节、月份、日期、星期、节日、学科名词前常省略冠词 ‎【典例5】He promised to come and see us after the supper.‎ 解析：去掉the。本题考查三餐饭类名词前常省略冠词的用法。after supper晚饭后。注意这类名词前有形容词修饰时，指具体某顿饭，转化为可数名词，如：We had a delicious dinner yesterday.‎ ‎3．依据一些固定搭配或者句子逻辑不该用冠词 ‎【典例6】It has been too dry this year and there are a few apples on the tree.‎ 解析：去掉a。本题考查句子内在逻辑关系。既然天气干燥，果树结果实就比较少，因此逻辑上表示否定意义，应用few。不用冠词的场合概括如下：‎ ‎⑴泛指的复数名词，表示一类人或事物时，可不用定冠词。如：‎ They are all middle school teachers. ‎ 他们都是中学教师。‎ ‎⑵抽象名词表示一般概念时，通常不加冠词。如：‎ Failure is the mother of success.　‎ 失败乃成功之母。‎ ‎⑶物质名词表示一般概念时，通常不加冠词，当表示特定的意思时，需要加定冠词。如：‎ Man cannot live without water.　‎ 人类离不开水。 ‎ ‎⑷在季节、月份、节日、 假日、日期、星期等表示时间的名词之前，不加冠词。如：‎ We go to school from Monday to Friday.　 ‎ 我们星期一到星期五上学。‎ ‎⑸在称呼或表示官衔，职位的名词前不加冠词。如：‎ The guards took the American to General Lee. ‎ 卫兵们把那位美国人带到李将军面前。‎ ‎⑹在三餐饭、球类运动和娱乐运动的名称前，不加冠词。如：‎ have breakfast吃早饭，play chess下棋 ‎⑺当by 与火车等交通工具连用，表示一种方式时，中间无冠词。如：‎ by bus乘汽车，by train乘火车 重点三：冠词误用 冠词误用的情况比较复杂，但常见于以下几种情况：‎ ‎1．根据特定语境逻辑需要表示特指而不是泛指或者正好相反 ‎【典例7】My father has two brothers and three of them are all Party members.‎ 解析：three前加the。我父亲有两个兄弟，加上他本人是三人，因此后面three o f them应指他们三兄弟全体。故须在three前加定冠词the，以表示总数。若不加the则指他们总数不止三人，这与前句意思不符。定冠词the的基本用法如下： ‎ ‎ 　定冠词the与指示代词this，that同源，有“那（这）个”的意思，但意义较弱，可以和一个名词连用，来表示某个或某些特定的人或东西。‎ ‎⑴表示特定的或上文已提到的人或物。如：‎ How did you like the report?‎ 你认为这个报告怎么样？‎ ‎⑵表示世界上独一无二的东西。如：‎ The sun is the centre of the world.‎ 太阳是世界的中心。‎ ‎⑶表示江河、山川群岛、海峡海湾及国家、党派的名称是由几个普通名词构成的专有名词。如：‎ the Dead Sea死海, the People’s Republic of China中华人们共和国 ‎ the People's Park人民公园, the Golden Gate Bridge金门大桥 ‎⑷定冠词+姓氏复数，表示夫妇或一家人。如：‎ ‎ The Whites are spending their holiday in England.‎ 怀特夫妇正在英国度假。‎ ‎⑸演奏的乐器名称前加定冠词。如：‎ play the piano弹钢琴, play the flute吹笛 ‎⑹某些形容词前加 the 表示一类人或物，谓语动词用复数。如：‎ ‎ The wounded are taken good care of in the hospital.‎ 伤员们在医院得到很好的照顾。‎ ‎⑺用在单数名词前，表示一类人或一类物。如：‎ The computer is a useful invention.‎ 电脑是有用的发明。‎ ‎⑻用在序数词前、形容词最高级前或表示“两者之间较……者”时。如：‎ ‎ He is always the first person to come.‎ 他总是第一个来。‎ There are two buildings, the larger of which stands nearly a hundred feet high.‎ 有两栋建筑，其中较大的几乎有100英尺高。‎ ‎⑼表示“几十世纪几十年代”之前。如：‎ in the 1870s十九世纪七十年代 ‎ ‎⑽表示发明物的名词词前。如：‎ Alexander Graham Bell invented the phone in 1876.‎ 亚历山大·格来姆·贝尔1876年发明了电话。‎ ‎⑾用在方位名词前或某些表示时间的词组中。如：‎ on the left, in the west of in the day, in the morning, the day after tomorrow ‎⑿用在一些习惯用语中。如：‎ in the day, in the morning (afternoon，evening), the day after tomorrow, the day before yesterday, the next morning, in the sky, in the dark, in the rain, in the distance, in the middle of, in the end, on the whole, by the way, go to the theatre…‎ ‎2．混淆了与冠词相关的短语 ‎【典例8】He failed but wanted to try the second time.‎ 解析：the→a。本题考查易混短语的用法。the second time表示“第二次”，若表示重复，“又一次”，应用a second time。‎ ‎【典例9】After watching TV, she played the violin for an hour.‎ 解析：violin前加the。乐器类名词前总要带定冠词the，而球类运动名词前总省略定冠词the。‎ ‎3．因注意不到语境逻辑或者特殊句型的用法而造成的错误 ‎【典例10】I’m afraid I will have a little time to come and see you.‎ 解析：去掉a。本题考查根据句子逻辑关系判断能力。I’m afraid表示自己委婉的担心，换句话说，后边表示否定意义，因此应去掉a。‎ ‎【好题调研】‎ ‎1. Besides, it’s waste of time and energy for my teacher to visit my home. ‎ ‎2. A new science museum was open to public in my city last month.‎ ‎3. What a great fun it is to have a swim in the summer vacation!‎ ‎4. Ten minutes later, the firemen came and put out fire.‎ ‎5. I used to be a happy little girl but now I’m shy and say a few words.‎ ‎6. I had not studied at all at the weekend as I had thought it would be a easy test. ‎ ‎7. Since he has no sense of humor, I’m sure he didn’t catch humor in your remarks.‎ ‎8. A stranger stopped in the front of me and asked me the way to a new restaurant.‎ ‎9. I began to feel worried because I didn’t have either a raincoat or umbrella about me.‎ ‎10. She explained what her problem was to one of helpful shop assistants.‎ 答案与解析：‎ ‎1. waste前加a。本题考查名词固定搭配。a waste of浪费（时间、金钱）。‎ ‎2. public前加the。本题考查含名词的固定短语。the public公众；人民。‎ ‎3. 去掉a。fun表示“有趣的人或事”但是不可数名词。great fun很有趣的人或事。‎ ‎4. fire前加the。本题考查名词表示特指的用法。这里特指消防队员要扑灭的大火。‎ ‎5. 去掉第二个a。本题考查根据句子逻辑进行判断的能力。根据used to表示前后对比的用法得知，后半句表示自己现在沉默寡言，否定意义。‎ ‎6. a→an。本题考查可数名词前冠词的准确运用。由于中心名词test是单数形式，而easy以元音开头，因此前边应加上an而不是a。由于不细心造成功亏一篑，可惜呀！‎ ‎7. 第二个humour前加the。本题考查同一名词不同语境的灵活用法。a sense of humor幽默感。第二空特指谈话中的幽默点。‎ ‎8. 去掉第一个the。本题考查易混介词短语的用法。in the front of表示内部的前边，而in the front of表示“在……前边”（相对位置），显然这里应用后者。‎ ‎9. umbrella前加an。本题考查可数名词前冠词的准确运用。umbrella是可数名词，又以元音开头，前边应用不定冠词an。‎ ‎10. helpful前加the。本题考查特定语境中名词表示特指的用法。显然这里特指特定的一位善解人意的营业员。‎ ‎【强化闯关】‎ ‎1. I was in such hurry that I burnt my hand when I was cooking breakfast.‎ ‎2. Yes, why not give me a call or come for the get-together this weekend?‎ ‎3. These cleaning women are paid by hour.‎ ‎4. Helen was pleased with the offer and decided to start work next day. ‎ ‎5. Of all the students I made fewest mistakes in the exam.‎ ‎6. Do you know who is in the charge of the children here?‎ ‎7. He felt that somebody patted him on his shoulder.‎ ‎8. The most important thing about cotton in history is a part that it played in the Industrial Revolution.‎ ‎9. Each player must obey captain, who is the leader of the team.‎ ‎10. As she didn’t want to spend much money, she chose cheaper of the two.‎ ‎11. Please tell a good news to the rest of the family as soon as possible.‎ ‎12. When sun was setting, he still didn't catch any fish.‎ ‎13. Here is introduction to the Beech School of English. ‎ ‎14. In fact many people enjoy sports by watching the others play.‎ ‎15. The Wilsons live in an A-shaped house near the coast. It is the 17th century cottage.‎ 答案与解析：‎ ‎1. hurry前加a。本题考查固定搭配准确运用能力。in a hurry是固定词组，意为“匆忙地”。‎ ‎2. the→a。本题考查可数名词前冠词的确定。由于是第一次出现“聚会”这个概念，应理解为泛指，因此前边应用a。‎ ‎3. hour 前加the。计量单位词前要用the。by the hour表示按小时（付钱等）。‎ ‎4. next前加the。本题考查冠词的灵活用法。next day泛指“明天；第二天”，若表示具体一天之后“第二天”应用the next day。‎ ‎5. fewest前加the。本题考查形容词最高级前使用定冠词的用法。the fewest mistakes错误最少。‎ ‎6. 去掉第一个the。本题考查易混短语的用法。in charge of表示“负责；主管”，而in the charge of表示“由……负责”，意思相反。根据本句意思，应用前者。‎ ‎7. his→the。本题考查特定句型中冠词的使用。“hit, pat, strike, catch, seize, take…+ sb. on/in/by+the+身体部位名词”是常用句型，应牢记。‎ ‎8. a→the。本题考查名词表示特指的用法。这里特指棉花在工业革命中所起的作用，是特指，应用the。‎ ‎9. captain前加the。本题考查名词表示特指的用法。后边的定语从句起限制作用，应用定冠词the修饰。‎ ‎10. cheaper前加the。本题考查冠词与比较级连用的用法。表示“两者之间更……”应用“the +比较级+of”句型。‎ ‎11. a→the。本题考查结合语境名词表示特指的用法。显然这里特指双方都知道的消息，因此应用定冠词the。‎ ‎12. sun前加the。本题考查结合定冠词the基本用法。日月星辰、江河湖海等名词前常用定冠词the。 ‎ ‎13. introduction前加an。本题考查单数可数名词前冠词的用法。an introduction to对……的介绍。‎ ‎14. 去掉the。本题考查与冠词相关的易混代词的用法。the others表示“剩余的全部”，而others表示“其他人；别人”。本句意为：事实上许多人所谓喜欢体育是看着别人玩的。‎ ‎15. 第三个the→a。一般来说，序数词前应用定冠词the，但这里中心词是cottage，侧重表示“一个十七世纪风格的茅屋”，泛指概念。‎ 重点3 代词 重点诠释 高考短文改错题所考查的代词主要涉及人称代词、物主代词、不定代词、指示代词和关系代词等。由于代词主要用来代替上文提到的人或物，因而代词错误往往同上下文具有密切的联系，一般较为隐蔽，不易被发现。大家在判断时可以从以下角度入手：‎ ‎1.代词指代的是人还是物。‎ ‎2.代词指代的是可数名词还是不可数名词。‎ ‎3.代词指代的是特指还是泛指概念。‎ ‎4.代词指代的概念是表示两者之间还是三者或三者以上。‎ ‎5.代词所表示的是肯定还是否定概念。‎ 重点一：代词误用 代词误用在高考短文改错中所占比例较大，主要涉及以下考点：‎ ‎1．易混不定代词由于含义、范围、搭配不同导致误用 ‎【典例1】We haven’t enough books for anybody; some of you will have to share.‎ 解析：anybody→everybody。本题考查部分否定的用法。由于忽略后半句语境要求没有判断出前半句考查否定的用法。not与all, both, very, each, often, always以及everyone, everywhere, everything等连用构成部分否定。 注意every和each的区别： ‎ ‎⑴every 强调全体的概念，each强调个体概念。如：‎ Every student in our school works hard.　‎ 我们学校的学生都很用功。‎ Each student may have one book..　‎ 每个学生都可以有一本书。‎ ‎⑵every 指三个以上的人或物(含三个)，each指两个以上的人或物 (含两个)。如：‎ There are beautiful trees and flowers on every side of the square.‎ 广场的每侧都有漂亮的树木和花卉。‎ There are green grass and red flowers on each side of the river.‎ 河两岸都是绿草和红花。‎ ‎⑶every 只作形容词，不可单独使用，each可作代词或形容词。如：‎ Every student has to take exercise.‎ 每个学生都得进行锻炼。‎ Each boy has to take exercise.‎ 每个学生都得进行锻炼。‎ Each of the boys has to take exercise.‎ 每个学生都得进行锻炼。‎ ‎⑷every 有“每隔……”的意思，each没有。如：‎ She ccomes to see us every other week.‎ 她每隔一周来看望我们一次。‎ The Olympic Games are held every four years. ‎ 奥运会每隔四年举行一次。‎ ‎⑸every 与not 连用，表示部分否定, each 和not连用表示全部否定。如：‎ Every man is not honest. ‎ 并非每个人都诚实。‎ Each man is not honest.　 ‎ 这儿每个人都不诚实。‎ ‎2．忽略特定语境要求，使用代词不当 ‎【典例2】We asked John and Jerry, but both of them could offer a satisfactory explanation.‎ 解析：both→neither。本题考查不定代词所指代的范围以及基本意思。句中but一词是解题的关键，暗示前边所提“两人都没有”给出令人满意的解释，应用neither。注意以下几个不定代词的用法区别：‎ either “两者中任何一个”，可修饰或代替单数可数名词。‎ neither“两者中没有一个”的意思，修饰或代替单数可数名词。‎ none 既可以指人又可以指物，代替不可数或可数名词作主语时。‎ all 一般与复数名词连用时，表示“所有的”、“全部的”，指三个或三个以上的人或物。‎ both 表示“两者都”的意思，用作定语、宾语、主语和同位语，可以指人或指物。‎ Here are two pens. You may take either of them.‎ 这里有两只钢笔。你可以拿其中任何一只。‎ Neither of us is a teacher. ‎ 我们俩都不是教师。‎ I want to drink some milk but there is none in the cup.‎ 我想喝点牛奶，但杯子里一点也没有剩下。‎ Not all the ants go out for food.‎ 并不是所有的蚂蚁都出去寻找食物。‎ He gave me all the money.‎ 他把全部的钱给了我。‎ This maths problem can be worked out in both ways.‎ 这道数学题可以用两种方法演出来。‎ ‎3．代词的数、格、形与具体语境不协调造成错误等。‎ ‎【典例3】Let you and I promise not to quarrel about such an unimportant matter any more.‎ 解析：I→me。本题考查人称代词作宾语的基本用法。let sb. do sth.意为“让某人做某事”，因此这里人称代词作宾语，应用宾格。建议考生搞清楚人称代词和物主代词基本变化，见下表：‎ 分类 项目 人称 人称代词主格 人称代词宾格 形容词性物主代词 名词性物主代词 单数 复数 单数 复数 单数 复数 单数 复数 第一人称 I we me us my our mine ours 第二人称 you you you you your your yours yours 第三人称 he/she/it they him/her/it them his/her/its their his/hers/its theirs 重点二：代词漏用 代词漏用的情况并不是很多，考点相对集中在：‎ ‎1．it作形式主语或宾语时漏用 ‎【典例4】The chairman thought necessary to invite Professor Smith to speak at the meeting.‎ 解析：necessary前加it。本题考查代词it作形式宾语的用法。结合语境，这里it作形式宾语，代替后边的不定式短语。It作引导词的几种常用句型：‎ ‎⑴It is +形容词/名词+to do…‎ It is necessary for us to master a foreign language skillfully.‎ 我们有必要熟练掌握一门外语。‎ It is a pity for you to miss the film. ‎ 很遗憾你错过了这部电影。‎ ‎⑵It is +形容词/名词+that…‎ It is necessary that all (should) be present at the meeting in time.‎ 全体人员必须按时出席会议。‎ It is no wonder that he has passed the examination.‎ 难怪他考试及格了。‎ ‎⑶It is +过去分词+that…‎ It is requested that we (should) be ready to start out at any time.‎ 要求我们做好随时出发的准备。‎ ‎⑷It+不及物动词+that…‎ It doesn’t seem to me that we have been neglecting our duty.‎ 我感觉我们对职责没有疏忽。‎ It happened that I wasn’t there that day.‎ 恰好那天我不在那儿。‎ ‎⑸动词+it+形容词/名词+to do…‎ We think it our duty to clean our classroom every day.‎ 我们认为每天打扫教室是我们的责任。‎ ‎⑹动词+it+形容词/名词+that… ‎ I think it best that you should stay here.‎ 我认为你最好呆在家里。‎ I used to feel it a terrible thing that my mother should have to toil so endlessly.‎ 我曾经老觉得母亲不得不无休止地操劳是一件可怕的事情。‎ ‎⑺It takes sb. time to do sth. ‎ It took thousands of people many years to build the Great Wall.‎ 数以千计的人们花费数年修建长城。‎ ‎⑻It is the first time that…‎ It is the first time I have been here.‎ 这是我第一次来到这里。‎ ‎⑼It is high time that…‎ It is about time (that) the children went to bed.‎ 孩子们该睡觉了。‎ ‎⑽It is…since/when/that…‎ It will be not long before he finishes his job.‎ 没过多久他会完成他的工作。‎ It is not help but obstacles that make a man.‎ 使人成才的，不是助力，而是阻力。‎ It was in the park that Tom met your sister yesterday.‎ 汤姆昨天是在公园见到了你妹妹。‎ ‎⑾It is no good/use…doing…‎ It is no good learning English without speaking English.‎ 学英语而不说英语是没有用的。‎ ‎2．依据特定语境漏用部分词汇造成语义混乱 ‎【典例5】I don’t think we’ve met before. You’re taking me for someone.‎ 解析：someone后加else。本题考查根据语境逻辑选用适当的代词。我想我们以前没有见过面。你是把我当成别人了。take…for把……误认为。someone else别人；他人。else是形容词，意为“其他的；另外的”，常用在不定代词或疑问代词之后。如：‎ Nobody else understands me as well as you do.‎ 别人没有一个象你这样了解我的。‎ I've taken somebody else's umbrella.‎ 我把别人的雨伞拿走了。‎ What else do you see?‎ 你看到别的东西吗？‎ ‎3. 某些代词短语不够完整造成代词漏用 ‎【典例6】Mary and Jones have arrived, but other students in the class aren’t here yet.‎ 解析：other前加the。本题考查other, the other, others等不定代词的用法。other students只表示其他部分学生，与语境不符，而the other students表示除了Mary和Jones以外所有的学生。请看相关不定代词的用法：‎ ‎⑴another修饰或代替单数可数名词，意为"（三个或三个以上的）另一个"，不能指两者中的另一个，在句中可作宾语和定语。another表示"另外……"、"又……"，用于"another+数词+复数名词"结构。如：‎ Have another piece of cake.‎ 再吃一块饼吧。‎ Please fatch another cup for me.‎ 请替我另拿一个杯子来。‎ This hat does not fit me; please show me another.‎ 这顶帽子尺寸不对头，请再拿一顶给我看看。‎ He wants to buy another three books. ‎ 他想再买三本书。‎ ‎⑵other是形容词，表示"其他的"，在句中作定语。如：‎ There are some other people waiting to see you.‎ 还有另外一些人等着要见你。‎ Have you any other book on this subject?‎ 你还有别的关于这个题目的书吗？‎ ‎⑶the other指"两者中的另一个"，常与one连用，构成"One…the other..."句型。the ‎ other作定语修饰复数名词，表示另一方中的"全部中其余的"，相当于the others。如：‎ Both my uncles are abroad, one in Paris and the other in New York．‎ 我的两个叔叔都在国外，一个在巴黎，另一个在纽约。‎ One of them is yours；the other is mine. ‎ 一个是你的，另一个是我的。‎ Where are the other books?‎ 其他的书在哪里？‎ ‎⑷others泛指"其他的人或物（但不是全部）"，常用于some…others…others…，意为"一些……一些……一些"。如：‎ Some like this, others like that.‎ 有些人喜欢这个，自些人喜欢那个。‎ Some of us like singing and dancing, others go in for sports.‎ 我们中有些喜欢唱歌跳舞，而另一些人则喜爱体育。‎ ‎⑸the others表示"（特定范围内）其他的人或物"，是特指，后面不能跟任何名词。如：‎ He came in time, but the others were late.‎ 他按时来了，可是其他的人迟到了。‎ 重点三：代词造成的主谓不一致 代词造成的主谓不一致的情况在短文改错中非常普遍，主要见于以下情况：‎ ‎1.指代关系混乱造成主谓不一致 ‎【典例7】The students each has an English Chinese Dictionary.‎ 解析：has→have。本题考查同位语的识别以及对主谓一致的影响。本句中，each作同位语，真正的主语是The students，因此谓语用复数形式。当然本句可改写为：Each of the students has an English Chinese Dictionary.‎ 相关提示：利用代词考查主谓一致，需要考虑：代替的名词是否可数、可数名词是否是单数等。‎ ‎2．某些代词用法掌握不牢造成主谓不一致错误 ‎【典例8】 All that can be done have been done. ‎ 解析：have→has。本题考查不定代词all作主语主谓一致问题。all指人作主语时，谓语用复数形式，指物时，谓语用单数形式。‎ ‎【好题调研】‎ ‎1. There is a No.2 trolleybus and a No.24 bus; any will take you there.‎ ‎2. Its your decision, of course, but I advise you to take it.‎ ‎3. If you want to change for a double room you'll have to pay other $15.‎ ‎4. We had to do the washing, cleaning and shopping by us.‎ ‎5. If this dictionary is not yours, who else can it be?‎ ‎6. The Smiths did his best to make me feel at home.‎ ‎7. Tom’s mother kept telling him that he should work hard, but which didn’t help.‎ ‎8. At once I apologized and controlled me at my best till the dinner started.‎ ‎9. And I came to understand that was not easy to earn money. ‎ ‎10. Luckily, the teacher did not punish for cheating but instead gave me a second chance.‎ 答案与解析：‎ ‎1. any→either。本题是语境逻辑考虑不周造成。这里应用either表示“两者之一”。‎ ‎2. Its→It’s。本题考查易混不定代词的区别。Its是形容词性物主代词，而It’s是It is的缩写，意思也不同。‎ ‎3. other→another。another $15表示“另外15元”，相当于15 other dollars。‎ ‎4. us→ourselves。本题考查反身代词的用法。根据语境应用by ourselves表示“靠我们自己”。‎ ‎5. who→whose或else→else’s。本题考查句子内在逻辑判断。whose else=who else’s，表示“其他谁的（物品）”。‎ ‎6. his→their。不定代词指代一致性。The Smiths表示“史密斯夫妇”或“史密斯一家人”，复数概念，因此后边用did their best与之呼应。‎ ‎7. which→it。本题考查句法用法。but是并列连词，引导并列句，而which引导定语从句，前后矛盾，所以应理解为并列句比较合适。‎ ‎8. me→myself。本题是反身代词的语境运用错误。根据语境这里指“我”自我调控，反身代词作宾语。‎ ‎9. was→it。本题考查it作形式主语的用法。这里it代替后边的不定式短语作形式主语。‎ ‎10. punish后加oujia 后加me。本题是代词语境运用错误。punish sb. for sth.因为……而惩罚某人。‎ ‎【强化闯关】‎ ‎1. No progress was made in the trade talks as none side would accept the conditions of the other. ‎ ‎2. Staying with an English family it will provide you with a chance to practise your spoken English. ‎ ‎3. I need some blue ink today but there is nothing at hand.‎ ‎4. The day before the speech contest English teacher talked to me.‎ ‎5. The thieves fled the town separately, every carrying a bag.‎ ‎6. Most of the housework was done by two members of the family, my sister and mine. ‎ ‎7. Cut the apple into halves so that the twins may each get other half.‎ ‎8. Few pleasures can equal those of a cool drink on a hot day.‎ ‎9. One day I wrote a little story and showed to my teacher. ‎ ‎10. Was you that I saw last night at the concert?‎ ‎11. I prefer a street in a small town to that in such a large city as Shanghai.‎ ‎12. There is a fact that English is being accepted as an international language.‎ ‎13. The Parkers bought a new house but he will need a lot of work before they can move in.‎ ‎14. I hope there are enough glasses for each guest to have it.‎ ‎15. There’re so many kinds of tape-recorders on sale that I can’t make up my mind what to buy.‎ 答案与解析：‎ ‎1. none→neither。本题考查不定代词基本用法。none用于三者以上，而the other用于二者之间，结合语境谈判是在两者之间，所以改none为neither。‎ ‎2. 去掉it。本题考查句法应用，因为Staying with an English family可以直接作主语，所以后边的it是多余的，应去掉。‎ ‎3. nothing→none。本题考查易混不定代词的区别。nothing意为“没有东西”，侧重回答有没有，而侧重表示“没有一个人”或“没有一点东西”侧重数量，显然这里指后者。‎ ‎4. English前加my。本题是单数名词前修饰语问题。teacher是可数名词，因此前边应用my进行限定。‎ ‎5. every→each。本题是混淆了every和each的区别。every是形容词，只能作定语，而each可作代词或形容词，作主语、宾语、同位语等。‎ ‎6. mine→me。本题是代词指代一致性错误。根据语境，my sister and me作前边two members of the family的同位语，又位于介词之后，因此应用宾格。‎ ‎7. other前加the。halves本题是忽略语境关键词导致错误。halves暗示总共只有两份，各取其一，即“两者之一”。‎ ‎8. those→that。本题考查代词指代用法。that多替代单数可数名词或不可数名词，而those代替复数名词。这里that代替the pleasure of a cool drink。‎ ‎9. showed后加it。本题是动词短语结构不完整。show…to sb.把……给某人看。‎ ‎10. Was后加it。本题是固定句型运用错误。原句是强调句型，即It is/was…that…，应注意结构完整性。‎ ‎11. that→one。本题考查代词指代用法。that和one 都可以代替单数可数名词，但that表示特指，而one表示泛指，the one才表示特指。‎ ‎12. There→It。本题考查it作形式主语的用法。这里it代替后边的主语从句作形式主语。‎ ‎13. he→it。本题考查代词指代用法。but后边it指代时间，而不是主语The Parkers。‎ oub ‎ ‎14. it→one。本题考查不定代词的用法。it可指上文提到的人或物，是同一个对象，而one 指代上文提到的同一类人或物。‎ ‎15. what→which。本题考查易混不定代词的区别。what和which都可以引导从句作宾语，前者强调内容，后者强调特定范围内的选择，有所不同。‎ 重点4 介词 重点诠释 介词属于虚词，但是英语中用法非常灵活的词性之一，因此在高考试题中经常以不同的形式出现。其考点主要集中在：表示时间的介词的用法；介词与名词、形容词、动词的习惯搭配；介词的省略等。‎ 重点一：介词误用 由于介词用法灵活，所以介词误用的场合相对较多，主要有以下情况：‎ ‎1．介词固定搭配错误 ‎【典例1】For example, you can find such information like how to kill people. ‎ 解析：like→as。介词固定搭配错误。such…as是固定搭配，表示“诸如像……”。‎ ‎2．介词习惯用法错误 ‎【典例2】At hearing the good news, they jumped with joy.‎ 解析：At→On/Upon。介词习惯用法错误。On/Upon后接名词或动词-ing形式表示“一……就”。该句意为：一听到这则好消息，他们高兴地跳了起来。‎ ‎3．易混介词误用 ‎【典例3】His father will be back from London after a few days.‎ 解析：after→in。易混介词误用。after和in都可以表示“在……之后”，区别有两点：若后接时间点，只能用after，如after five o’clock；若后接时间段，起点又是现在，则应用in，起点是过去，则应用after。本句中谓语是一般将来时，起点是现在，故用in a few days。再如：‎ The doctor will be with us in six minutes.‎ 医生六分钟后将会和我们在一起。‎ She graduated in 1981,and eight years later she became the manager of the factory.‎ 她1981年毕业，八年后成为公司经理。‎ He received her letter after four weeks.‎ 他四周后收到她的来信。‎ He received her letter after four o’clock.‎ 他四点钟后收到她的来信。‎ 表示时间的相关介词用法如下：‎ ‎⑴in表示在某一较长时间内，如世纪、年、月、季、周等一般用介词in。如：‎ in the 1990s, in the year, in January, in(the) winter / summer / fall / spring, in the first week of May。‎ 还可以用时段名词组成固定短语或词组。如：‎ in a while, in no time, in the daytime, in a short while, in time, in the morning (afternoon, evening)。‎ ‎⑵在具体的某一天或某天上午、晚上、前夕，常用on。如：‎ on Sunday, on Tuesday morning on Christmas Day (但at Christmas), on Christmas Eve, on Children’s Day on March 8, on the morning (afternoon, evening)of Oct.1‎ early on the morning of Oct.1 ‎ on a rainy night, on warm winter days ‎⑶表示某一时刻或某一点时间用at，如小时、分钟等。如：‎ at breakfast(supper, lunch),at six at noon (sunrise, sunset, midday, night, midnight, dawn)‎ at the age of 15, at the time of war,但in time of danger/ trouble。‎ ‎【典例4】Except John, three students also wento to see the film yesterday.‎ 解析：Except→Besides。结合句子意思，“除了约翰，另外三个学生昨天也去看电影了。”except, besides等易混介词（短语）的区别如下：‎ ‎⑴besides 除……以外，（还有）。注意besides作副词时意思是“而且，更何况”。如：‎ Well all went to the cinema besides Shaw. ‎ 除了肖外，我们都去了电影院。‎ It was too late to see a film, and besides, I was tired.‎ 太晚了不能去看电影。另外，我也感到累了。‎ ‎⑵except除去，除……之外（不再有）。如：‎ We all went except John.‎ 我们都去了，约翰没有。‎ 注意：在否定句中，两词可以换用，如：‎ He has no other hats except / besides this one.‎ 除了这顶帽子，他没有其它的了。‎ ‎⑶except for除了……（对句子主题进行细节校正或附加说明）后接名词、代词或动词-ing形式，此时与except that + 句子意思相同。如：‎ He was very clever except for carelessness 他很聪明，除了粗心这一点。‎ ‎⑷except that … 除了……一点以外，后接从句。如：‎ He has not changed except that he is wearing dark glasses.‎ 除了带着墨镜以外，他没有改变。‎ ‎⑸except what …除了……以外，后接从句，what充当从句的主语或宾语。如：‎ I know nothing about the accident except what I read in the newspaper.‎ 除了从报纸上读到的以外，我对这个事故一无所知。‎ ‎⑹except when …除了……时候以外，后接从句，when充当从句的时间状语。如：‎ She never goes to work by bus except when it rains. ‎ 除非天下雨，她从来没有乘公交车去上班。‎ ‎【典例5】He survived the accident, but his car was damaged without repair.‎ 解析：without→beyond。beyond repair是习惯搭配，意为“无法维修”。‎ beyond的主要用法如下：‎ ‎⑴介词，表示位置，“在……的那边, 在……之外”。如：‎ What lies beyond the mountains?‎ ‎ 山的那一边有什么？‎ ‎⑵介词，表示时间，“迟于，到……以后”。如：‎ Don't stay there beyond midnight. ‎ 不要过了午夜还留在那儿。‎ ‎⑶介词，表示范围，“为…所不能及；多于；超出”。如：‎ The fruit is beyond my reach. ‎ 那个果子我够不着。‎ ‎⑷介词，常用于否定句和疑问句，“除...以外”。如：‎ I know nothing of it beyond what he told me. ‎ 除了他告诉我的以外, 别的我什么都不知道。‎ ‎⑸副词，表示“较远处；再往前去；越过”。如：‎ Men can travel to the moon and beyond. ‎ 人们能到月球或更远处去旅行。‎ 重点二：介词漏用 介词漏用主要见于以下情况：‎ ‎1. 固定搭配不完整 ‎【典例1】It is not surprising that the Silver Ghost was regarded “the best car in the world”.‎ 解析：regarded后加as。固定搭配不完整。regard…as…意为“把……看作”，as后接名词、代词、形容词等。‎ ‎【典例2】You can find all kinds information in just a few minutes on the Internet.‎ 解析：kinds后加of。固定搭配不完整。all kinds of意为“各种各样的”，后接复数名词。‎ ‎2. 根据特定语境需要适当的介词但被忽略了 ‎【典例3】After she considered the problem, she got a tall box to stand. ‎ 解析：stand后加on。语境特殊用法错误。这里不定式短语to stand作定语，应与前边的宾语构成动宾关系，所以动词后边需要加上适当的介词。‎ ‎【典例4】The girl cried just because what you said at the meeting. ‎ 解析：because后加of。这里what you said at the meeting引导宾语从句，相当于一个名词，因此应用because of。‎ 表示原因的介词（短语）用法如下：‎ ‎⑴because of表示引起结果的直接原因，意义与连词because相同。如：‎ He retired last month because of illness.‎ 上个月他因病退休了。‎ ‎⑵for表示内在的、心理上的原因，常与表示喜、怒、哀、乐等情感名词连用；还可表示某种动作或结果的起因。而连词for则表示某种结果的补充理由或显而易见的原因。如：‎ Thank you for your help.‎ 谢谢你的帮助。 ‎ When he was still a young man, he was forced to leave his homeland for political reasons.‎ 他还是青年时就因为政治原因离开了他的祖国。‎ ‎⑶by表示外部的，尤其是暴力的或无意中造成某种结果的原因。如：‎ She took your umbrella by mistake.‎ 她错拿了你的雨伞。‎ ‎⑷at表示某种情绪或动作的起因，多与“喜，怒，哀，乐”等义的词连用，常译作“听到……”。如：‎ The whole nation was in deep sorrow at the news. ‎ 听到这个消息，全国人民极为悲痛。‎ ‎⑸with指生理上或情感上的外界到内心的原因，意为“随着……。”如：‎ Gessler turned red with anger.‎ 盖斯勒气得脸都红了。‎ ‎⑹owing to,相当于because of，多表示引起某种不良后果的原因。如：‎ Owing to his lacking of experience, John failed this time.‎ 因为经验不足，这次约翰又失败了。‎ ‎⑺thanks to表示引起某种幸运结果的原因，常译为“幸亏……，多亏……”。如：‎ Thanks to the timely rain, the farmer had a good harvest.‎ 多亏那场及时雨，农民才有了个好收成。‎ ‎⑻out of表示动机的起因，常译为“出于……”。如：‎ He asked the question out of curiosity.‎ 出于好奇，他提了这个问题。‎ 重点三：多余使用介词 多余使用介词情况在短文改错中屡屡出现，考点相对集中在：‎ ‎1. 不符合固定搭配 ‎【典例1】In the experiment we kept a watchful eye on at the developments and recorded every detail.‎ 解析：去掉at。固定搭配多余使用介词。keep an eye on是固定搭配，意为“注视着”、“紧密盯着”。所以后边的at是多余的。‎ ‎2. 部分易混短语中有无介词不一样 ‎【典例2】Will you join in the tourist group organized by our school?‎ 解析：去掉in。易混短语介词使用错误。join in表示“参加（活动）”，而join 表示“参加”（组织）并成为其中一员，用法不同。这里the tourist group相当于一个组织，因此应去掉in。‎ 试比较：‎ shoot sb.射中某人 ‎ shoot at sb.朝某人射击 Peter shot several birds last week.‎ 彼得上星期用枪射死了几只鸟。‎ He shot at the bird but it flew away.‎ 他朝那只鸟放了一枪，可是它飞去了。‎ tear sth. 撕开某物 ‎ tear at sth.撕扯某物 A nail tore a hole in his shirt.‎ 钉子把他的衬衣撕破一个洞。‎ ‎3. 某些特定结构中需要省略介词 ‎【典例3】I went through the test for many times but I could only answer three out from the twenty questions 解析：去掉for。特定场合介词没有省略。这里many times直接作状语，因此前边应省略介词。‎ 省略介词的几种场合：‎ ‎⑴表示时间的名词前有this, that, next, last等限定词时，前边常省略介词。如：‎ Where are you going this afternoon?‎ 你今天下午去哪里？‎ Do be careful next time.‎ 下次一定要小心。‎ Last Sunday we dropped in on Professor Smith.‎ 上周日我们顺便走访了史密斯教授。‎ ‎⑵time前被some, every, each等词修饰时，前边往往省略介词。如：‎ Every time I see him he seems to be very busy.‎ 每次我遇见他，他看起来都很忙。‎ They go swimming three or four times a week.‎ 他们每周游泳三、四次。‎ ‎⑶一些短语中的介词常被省略掉。如：‎ spend …(in) doing花费（时间/金钱）做某事 ‎ waste…(in) doing浪费（时间/金钱）做某事 be busy (in) doing忙于做某事 have trouble/difficulty (in) doing做……有困难 have a hard time (in) doing艰难地做某事 prevent…(from) doing…阻止某人做某事 The government spent a lot of money helping make this land better.‎ 政府花了大量资金帮助改良这片土地。‎ He is busy getting ready for his journey.‎ 他忙着准备去旅行。‎ I once asked him if he had any difficulty in keeping five children in school.‎ 有一次我问他供五个孩子上学是否有什么困难。‎ She closed the gate to prevent the dog from going out of the garden.‎ 她关上大门，免得小狗从花园里跑掉。‎ ‎【好题调研】‎ ‎1. The professor divided his spare time into walking and writing.‎ ‎2. Holiday and birthday postcards can all provide you for stamps from all over the world.‎ ‎3. The building was named a hero who laid down his life for the cause of the people.‎ ‎4. The TV set was repaired but not quite with the owner’s satisfaction.‎ ‎5. Except his wife, his daughter also went to see him.‎ ‎6. What he said just now had little to do with the question in discussion.‎ ‎7. Although Tom agreed with her on most points, here was one for which he was unwilling to give in.‎ ‎8. As production up by 60%, the company has had another excellent year.‎ ‎9. But for the most wonderful thing about Jack were his musical ability.‎ ‎10. Luckily, the bullet narrowly missed the captain for an inch.‎ 答案与解析：‎ ‎1. into→between。介词搭配错误。此句的意思是：教授把业余时间在散步和写作之间分配，并非把时间分成散步和写作，故不用into。‎ ‎2. for→with。介词搭配错误。provide sb. with sth.意为“给某人提供某物”。‎ ‎3. named后加after。固定搭配错误。name…after表示“以……给……命名”。‎ ‎4. with→to。介词搭配错误。to one’s satisfaction表示“令某人满意的是”。该句意为：电视修理了，但不是很令主人满意。‎ ‎5. Except→Besides。易混介词用法错误。besides表示“除了……之外还”，后边的also是关键信息。‎ ‎6. in→under。介词搭配错误。介词under 后接名词表示“正在进行”，under discussion意为“正在讨论”。‎ ‎7. for→to。动词固定搭配错误。give in 意为“屈服；投降”，接宾语时，后加介词to。本题中to which he was unwilling to give in是“介词+关系代词”结构引起的定语从句。‎ ‎8. As→With。固定句型介词误用。这是“with+名词/代词+介词短语（up by 60%）”构成的复合宾语结构 ‎9. 去掉for。易混介词用法错误。but for意为“要不是”，往往与虚拟语气连用，而本句表示转折关系，因此应去掉for。‎ ‎10. for→by。介词用法错误。介词后接数词，表示“相差”。该句意为：幸运的是，子弹差一英寸偏过上尉。‎ ‎【强化闯关】‎ ‎1. By 1929, Mickey Mouse was as popular by children as Coca-Cola.‎ ‎2. There were fifty people on the board when the accident happens.‎ ‎3. We hadn’t planned to meet. We met by a chance.‎ ‎4. September 18, 1931 is the day on which we’ll never forget.‎ ‎5. We show great respect Mr. Anderson, our new English teacher.‎ ‎6. Have you been to the place where your father worked there?‎ ‎7. The better use you can make up time, the greater contributions you will make to society.‎ ‎8. Cancer is second only with heart disease as a cause of death.‎ ‎9. The doctor told her not to eat anything among the three meals.‎ ‎10. The child was lost in the forest, where he was with the mercy of wild beasts.‎ ‎11. The library from that we borrow books will be rebuilt next year.‎ ‎12. We offered him our congratulations for his passing the college entrance exams.‎ ‎13. My uncle lives in116 Changhe Street. His room is on the sixth floor.‎ ‎14. We know nothing about him except his son joined in the army.‎ ‎15. It’s so nice to go out for a walk in a cool nice summer evening. ‎ 答案与解析：‎ ‎1. by→with。介词搭配错误。be popular with意为“受到……欢迎”。‎ ‎2. 去掉第一个the。介词搭配错误。on board意为“在（车、船、飞机）上”。‎ ‎3. 去掉a。介词搭配错误。by chance意为“偶然地；意外地”。‎ ‎4. 去掉on。定语从句关系词准确运用错误。这里定语从句谓语spend是及物动词，后边缺少宾语，因此介词on是多余的。‎ ‎5. respect后加for。动词固定搭配错误。show respect for意为“对……表示尊敬”。‎ ‎6. 去掉there。定语从句关联词造成的重复。定语从句中关系词代替部分不能重复出现，本句中where作地点状语，因此there是多余的。‎ ‎7. up→of。动词固定搭配错误。make use of意为“利用”，这里是特殊句型造成固定结构变形，增大了理解的难度。‎ ‎8. with→to。介词搭配错误。second to…表示“仅次于”，是固定搭配。如：second to none最佳的，首屈一指的。‎ ‎9. among→between。易混介词用法错误。among和between都表示“在……之间”，但前者表示三者以上，后者用于两者之间。若表示“三者以上中两两之间”，应用among。‎ ‎10. with→at。介词搭配错误。at the mercy of意为“任……处置；无能为力”。‎ ‎11. that→which。定语从句关系代词错误。这是“介词+关系代词”结构，关系代词只能用which来指物，whom指人。‎ ‎12. for→on。动词固定搭配错误。congratulations on…对……的祝贺语。‎ ‎13. in→at。介词习惯用法。涉及居住地街道编号等小地点，应用at。‎ ‎14. except后加that。易混介词用法错误。except是介词，后接名词、代词、动词-ing形式等，而except that后接从句，但that不作句子成分。‎ ‎15. in→on。介词习惯用法。一般来说，在上午、下午、晚上应用介词in，但表示具体一天的上午、下午、晚上等应用on。‎ 重点5 形容词与副词及其比较等级 重点诠释 高考短文改错形容词和副词的错误主要在于词性的误用，即该用形容词的时候用了副词或该用副词的时候用了形容词。比较级方面的错误主要是形容词/副词词级的误用，以及比较级或最高级前面修饰语的误用。‎ 重点一：易混形容词、副词错误 易混形容词副词错误在高考短文改错中所占比重较大，主要表现在：‎ ‎1. 形容词化过去分词与-ing形式使用不当 ‎【典例1】I found the game excited, and my dad explained the rules.‎ 解析：excited→exciting。两种分词用法混淆。-ed分词一般表示“感到……”，而-ing形式则表示“令人……的”，注意从逻辑主语和语境意义上进行推断。这里表示比赛是“令人激动的”，应用exciting。再如：‎ He was excited to hear the news.‎ 他听到那消息很激动。‎ Is there anything surprising about it? I don't think so.‎ 这难道还有什么可奇怪的？我认为没有什么可奇怪的。‎ He was surprised that his father had sold the farm.‎ 他对父亲已卖掉农场一事感到惊讶。‎ ‎2. 常见易混形容词、副词误用 ‎【典例2】I hope you will come to China again sometimes in the future .‎ 解析：sometimes→sometime。易混副词误用。sometimes意为“有时”多与一般现在时连用，sometime意为“某时；有时”，多指过去或将来某个时间，因此常与一般过去时或一般将来时连用。另外，some times意为“一些次数”在句中作状语，而some time是名词短语，意为“一段时间”。‎ ‎【典例3】The medicine had so a bitter taste that I took it mixed in orange juice.‎ 解析：so→such。易混形容词、副词误用。so和such都可表示“如此；一致”，但词性和用法不同：‎ so是副词，修饰形容词、副词或谓语动词；such是形容词，中心词须是名词（名词又分为单数可数名词、复数名词或不可数名词），名词前可以加上适当的形容词；当形容词是many, much, few, little表示“多/少”概念时，应用so修饰。因此本句such a bitter taste相当于so bitter a taste。‎ ‎【典例4】Frogs go deep under the mud.‎ 解析：deep→deeply。deep和deeply都可以用作副词，但含义有别：前者强调本义，“深地；深度地”，后者强调比喻义，“深深地”。‎ 应学会区分-ly结尾的单词词性：‎ ‎⑴大部分-ly结尾的单词是副词，但有些单词是形容词而非副词，像：lively, lonely, lovely, deadly, friendly, ugly, silly, likely, brotherly, timely等。如：‎ I like him, he is a very friendly person. ‎ 我喜欢他——他是一个很好的人。 ‎ Her deadly appearance was due to long illness. ‎ 她死一般的外貌是由于长期患病所致。 ‎ ‎(2)有些单词有无-ly，意义大不相同。如：‎ late迟；晚（句末或动词后） pretty相当；十分 lately近来；最近（句首，句末） prettily漂亮地；有礼貌地 hard努力地；猛烈地；紧紧地 just正好；正要；刚才 hardly几乎不；简直不 justly正当地；公正地 dead的确；完全；突然 dear昂贵地；高价地 deadly非常；极其；死了似地 dearly深深地；非常 deep深地（本义） most最；非常 deeply深入地；深深地（比喻义） mostly大多数；大部分地；主要地 high 高高地 close接近；靠近 highly高度地；非常地 closely仔细地；紧密地；严密地 sharp突然地；急剧地；准时地 wide广大地；广阔地 sharply严厉地；机警地 widely到处地；广泛地 near在附近；临近；接近 free自由地；免费地 nearly几乎；差不多 freely自由地；随便地 Your work is pretty good, but it could be better!‎ 你的工作不错，但是还可以再好些！‎ The road turns sharp to the right.‎ 路突然向右转个弯。‎ The teacher spoke sharply to the boy.‎ 教师严厉地对那个男孩说话。‎ 重点二：形容词、副词词类混用 形容词副词词类混用也是高考短文改错一大热点，即：该用形容词的时候用了副词或该用副词的时候用了形容词。‎ ‎【典例4】It was complete dead, and I was a few miles away from anywhere on a cold, wet night.‎ 解析：complete→completely。修饰关系错误。一般来说，修饰动词、形容词、副词应用副词。这里表示“车完全不能启用”。‎ ‎【典例5】We often played a trick on him. We'd throw a coin as far as possibly.‎ 解析：possibly→possible。词类混用。as far as possible是as far as it is possible的省略，显然it is后边应用形容词。‎ ‎【典例6】I would describe myself as shy and quietly.‎ 解析：quietly→quiet。词类混用。shy and quiet是平行结构，因此词性应保持一致。该句意为：我会把自己描述为害羞文静之类的人。‎ 重点三：形容词、副词比较等级错误 形容词副词比较等级错误在短文改错中复现率极高，常见错误表现在：‎ ‎1．比较结构不完整 ‎【典例7】John plays football as well, if not better than, David.‎ 解析：well后加as。副词原级比较结构不完整。本句中if not better than相当于插入语，这样原句变为：John plays football as well David. 很明显，副词原级比较结构不完整，应用as well as表示“和……一样好”。‎ 形容词、副词原级重要用法：‎ ‎⑴基本句型：as+原级形容词/副词+ as，表示双方在程度、性质、特征等某方面相当，否定句用not so/as…as…句型。如：‎ I think science is as important as maths.‎ 我认为理科和数学一样重要。‎ It is not as (so) warm today as yesterday.‎ 今天不如昨天暖和。‎ ‎⑵句型拓展：as many/few/much/little +名词+as；as +形容词+a(n)+单数可数名词+as；倍数词+ as +原级形容词/副词+ as。如： ‎ You may borrow as many books as you can.‎ 你想借多少书就借多少。‎ She is as able a girl as her sister.‎ 她和她妹妹一样能干。‎ This tree is three times as tall as that one.‎ 这棵树是那棵树的三倍。‎ ‎2．原级与比较级结构混用 ‎【典例8】Paper produced every year is three times as heavier as the world's production of vehicles.‎ 解析：heavier→heavy。形容词原级使用不当错误。as…as…是形容词、副词原级进行比较，因此中间应用其原形。‎ 形容词、副词比较级常用句型如下：‎ ‎⑴“比较级+ than”表示一方超过另一方，“比……更”。如：‎ This picture is more beautiful than that one.‎ 这幅画比那副更漂亮。‎ ‎⑵“less+原形+than”的结构表示一方不及另一方，“不如……更”。如：‎ This room is less beautiful than that one.‎ 这个房间不如那间更漂亮。‎ ‎⑶“比较级+and+比较级”结构不与其他事物相比，表示本身程度的改变，“越来越……”。如：‎ The weather is getting colder and colder.‎ 天气变得越来越冷。‎ ‎⑷“The +比较级+…, the +比较级+…”表示一方随另一方的程度而变化，“越……，越……”。如：‎ The harder he works, the happier he feels.‎ 他越是工作，越感到高兴。‎ ‎⑸“the+比较级+of短语”表示两者间“较……的一个”。如：‎ Who is the older of the two boys?‎ 这两个男孩，哪个年龄最大？‎ ‎3．比较级、最高级修饰语错误 ‎【典例9】Both the diet and the exercise will help me to lose weight and feel more better. ‎ 解析：去掉more。比较级修饰语重复错误。more和less后边不能再用比较级，否则就造成重复。关于比较级、最高级的修饰语，注意以下几点：‎ ‎⑴ 可在比较级前加表示程度的状语，如even, a lot, a bit, a little, still, much, far, yet, by far等，表示一方超过另一方的程度或数量。如：‎ He is taller by far than his brother. ‎ 他比他哥哥高得多。‎ He works even harder than before.‎ 他学习比以前更努力了。‎ ‎⑵ 最高级可被序数词以及much, by far, nearly, almost, by no means, nothing like等词语所修饰。如：‎ How much did the second most expensive hat cost?‎ 仅次于最贵的帽子值多少钱？‎ This is the very best chocolate cake I've ever tasted.‎ 这是我品尝过的味道最好的巧克力蛋糕。‎ ‎【好题调研】‎ ‎1. Some people are trying to steal person information for bad purposes.‎ ‎2. Some people are against the plan, but much more support it.‎ ‎3. Betty stood closely to her teacher and watched closely what he was doing.‎ ‎4. We decided not to climb the mountains because it was raining hardly.‎ ‎5. However, we seldom felt lonely or helplessly.‎ ‎6. I’ll also do plenty of exercise, which won’t do me any harm too.‎ ‎7. It is a good way for us to memorize new words by seeing them repeated.‎ ‎8. In examinations, it is dishonest and foolishly to help or to ask help from others.‎ ‎9. You won’t be able to get any farther information until tomorrow.‎ ‎10. Many students signed up for the 800-metres-long race in the sports meeting.‎ 答案与解析：‎ ‎1. person→personal。词类修饰关系不当。这里修饰名词应用形容词。personal information个人信息。‎ ‎2. much→many。比较级运用不当。much more后接不可数名词，根据语境这里many more是many more people的省略。‎ ‎3. 第一个closely→close。易混副词错误。close to意为“靠近；接近”，强调距离近，而closely意为“密切地；紧密地”，多用于表示比喻义或抽象意义。‎ ‎4. hardly→hard/heavily。易混副词错误。rain hard/heavily是习惯用法，意为“下大雨”，而hardly也是副词，但意义发生改变，意为“几乎不”。‎ ‎5. helplessly→helpless。结构不平行，词类混用。这里应用形容词构成系表结构，lonely和helpless作并列表语。‎ ‎6. too→either。易混副词错误。二者都表示“也”，too用于肯定句末，而either用于否定句末。‎ ‎7. repeated→repeated。词类修饰关系不当。这里修饰动词应用副词。该句意为：我们通过反复看单词是记忆单词的好办法。‎ ‎8. foolishly→foolish。结构不平行，词类混用。dishonest和foolish作并列表语。‎ ‎9. farther→further。易混形容词混用。farther 和further都是far的比较级，但含义有别：前者表示距离上更近，后者则表示程度上更深入。‎ ‎10. 800-metres-long→800-metre-long。复合形容词使用不当。复合形容词中含有名词都应用单数形式。‎ ‎【强化闯关】‎ ‎1. He knew such little French that he couldn't make himself understood.‎ ‎2. John was so sleepy that he could hardly keep his eyes opening.‎ ‎3. The Mississippi River is longer than any river in the U.S.A.‎ ‎4. How beautiful she sings! I have never heard a better voice.‎ ‎5. I had invited 50 guests to the party, but actually twice as much came.‎ ‎6. It is generally true that the lower the stock markets fall, higher the price of gold rises. ‎ ‎7. He is as tall fellow as his elder brother. ‎ ‎8. It is a beautiful car, but it is not worthy the price that I paid for it.‎ ‎9. Mr. Smith owns a large collection of coins than anyone I have ever met.‎ ‎10. He is possible to come to help us if he doesn’t have to attend the meeting.‎ ‎11. From his satisfying voice on the phone I know everything is well under way.‎ ‎12. The houses in the village are most built of wood and hay.‎ ‎13. Attention please, everybody! Please keep silent for a moment. And let me take a photo.‎ ‎14. Good ways of doing things mean saving time, and besides it is important for us to find them.‎ ‎15. The number of people present at the concert was much more than expected. There were many tickets left.‎ 答案与解析：‎ ‎1. such→so。易混词误用。little表示“少”，后接不可数名词时，前边用so修饰；若表示“小”后接可数名词则用such修饰。‎ ‎2. opening→open。常用句型使用不当。keep…open意为“使……打开”，形容词作宾语补足语。该句意为：约翰太瞌睡，他几乎睁不开眼睛。‎ ‎3. any后加other。比较级范围不协调。同一范围内进行比较应排除本身。‎ ‎4. beautiful→beautifully。词类修饰关系不当。这是一个感叹句，修饰动词sings应用副词。‎ ‎5. much→many。比较级使用错误。这里as many是as many as people invited的省略。‎ ‎6. higher前加the。比较结构不完整。“The+比较级…, the+比较级…”是常用句型，意为“越……，越……”。‎ ‎7. fellow前加a。比较结构不完整。as tall a fellow as意为“和……一样高的人”。‎ ‎8. worthy→worth。易混形容词误用。be worth意为“值得”，后接动词-ing形式或表示金钱、代价、付出等名词，而worthy没有这种用法。‎ ‎9. anyone后加else。比较级范围不协调。根据语境，“史密斯先生拥有的邮票比我遇到的其他任何人都多。”得知答案。‎ ‎10. possible→likely。易混形容词混用。possible和likely都可以表示“可能的”，但possible的主语不能是人，而likely的主语是人或物，用于be likely to do, It is likely that…句型。‎ ‎11. satisfying→satisfied。易混形容词混用。根据语境这里应表示“电话中感到满意的声音”。‎ ‎12. most→mostly。易混词误用。most可以表示“最；大多数”，而mostly表示“大部地；主要地”。‎ ‎13. silent→still。易混形容词误用。silent表示“沉默的；不出声的”，still表示“一动不动的”，calm表示“镇静的；平静的”，quiet表示“文静的，安静的”。‎ ‎14. besides→therefore。易混副词错误。besides和therefore都是副词，前者意为“而且，还有”，表示补充说明，后者意为“因此，所以”，表示因果关系。‎ ‎15. more→smaller。易混形容词误用。the number of意为“……的数量”，常与large, small连用。price, population, weight等名词都有类似用法。 ‎ 重点6 动词的时态与语态 重点诠释 高考短文改错中时态的使用错误主要是时态的不一致，如全篇用的都是现在时态，而在某一个地方却出现了不合逻辑的过去时，或全篇使用的是过去时，而在短文的某一个地方却出现了现在时。有时前面用的是过去时，后面却出现了现在时；前面用的都是现在时，后面却出现了过去时。这些情况多出现在说明几个连续动作的句子中。‎ 重点一：并列句谓语动词时态不一致 英语中并列句谓语动词时态和语态应保持一致，这一点已经成为高考短文改错一大命题热点，高考复现率达100%，务必引起注意。‎ 由两个或两个以上的简单句并列连接起来的句子叫并列句。 并列句的基本句型：简单句+ 并列连词+简单句。基本用法如下：‎ ‎⑴并列关系 连接词有：and, not only…but(also), neither…nor等。如：‎ I help him and he helps me. ‎ 我帮助他，他也帮助我。 ‎ Not only did we write to her but also we telegraphed her. ‎ 我们不仅给她写信而且还给她发了电报。 ‎ Neither I would consult him nor he would ask me for advice. ‎ 我不想与他商量，他也不会征求我的意见。‎ ‎⑵转折关系 连接词有：but, yet, still, while, however, when等。如：‎ He failed many times, but he didn’t despair. ‎ 他失败多次但并没有气馁。 ‎ She has difficulty in learning English, however, she works hard and is making rapid progress. ‎ 她学习英语有困难，然后她学习努力，进步很快。‎ 注意：①yet和still是连接副词，也叫半连接词。它们是副词。又起连接作用，但不如and, but, or等强，用了yet或still，前面还可加and或but。如： ‎ He is tired, (but) still he will make another experiment. ‎ 他很累，但他仍然要做另一个实验。 ‎ I got up very early, (and) yet I failed to catch the first bus. ‎ 我起得很早，然而还是没有赶上头班车。‎ ‎②while意义相当于at the same time表示相反和对照，常用来连接两个意义对立的分句。如：‎ I like football, while my sister likes basketball. ‎ 我喜欢足球，而我姐姐喜欢篮球。‎ ‎⑶选择关系 连接词有：or, otherwise or else, either…or等。如：‎ We must hurry, or we’ll miss the train. ‎ 我们必须快点，否则会赶不上火车。 ‎ Either you come to my place or I go to yours. ‎ 或者你到我这儿来，或者我到你那去。‎ ‎⑷因果关系 连接词有：for, so, thus, therefore, and so等。如：‎ We had better stay at home, for it was raining. ‎ 我们最好呆在家里，因为天正在下雨。 ‎ He didn’t work hard, therefore he failed in the examination. ‎ 他学习不努力，因此这次考试不及格。‎ ‎【典例1】My sister found a bird on the roadside. We named him Jack and keep him for about three years.‎ 解析：keep→kept。根据上下文语境，这里讲述过去发生的一系列事件，所以后一个并列分句谓语动词与前边一致。‎ ‎【典例2】Charles Rolls, a car maker, was very interested in Royce’s car, and soon Rolls arid Royce go into business together.‎ 解析：go→went。这里同是描述过去发生的诸多事情，应与前一个分句时态一致，即用一般过去时。‎ ‎【典例3】 Sometimes, we talked to each other very well in class, but after class we become strangers at ‎ once.‎ 解析：talked→talk。本句是并列句，but表示前后逻辑上转折关系。根据前边Sometimes和整个语境推断这里表示一个学生的烦恼，即现状。换句话说，应用一般现在时来表示。‎ 重点二：忽略语境，语态出现错误 动词语态错误主要表现在：‎ ‎1．忽视语境要求该用被动语态没有用或者不该用却使用了 ‎【典例4】By the end of next July this building will have completed.‎ 解析：have后加been。根据句子意思，“到下个七月底为止，这栋建筑将已经完工。” this building与complete构成被动关系，因此这里用一般将来完成时的被动语态。‎ 被动语态的基本用法有：‎ 构成方式：be + 过去分词，有时用“get / become +过去分词”表示。不知道或没必要提到动作的执行者是谁时用被动语态。强调或突出动作的承受者常用被动语态（by短语有时可以省略）。‎ ‎⑴常见句式是：主语（受动者）＋be＋过去分词＋（by＋施动者）。如：‎ ‎ He was scolded by the English teacher.‎ 英语老师批评了他。‎ ‎⑵带有双宾语（直接宾语和间接宾语）的主动句变为动句，其主语可以是直接宾语，也可以是间接宾语。如：‎ My friend gave me an interesting book on my birthday.‎ ‎→An interesting book was given to me (by my friend)on my birthday.‎ ‎→I was given an interesting book (by my friend) on my birthday.‎ 过生日我的朋友送给我一本有趣的书。‎ ‎⑶复合宾语结构主动变被动时，宾语补足语变成主语补足语（位置不变）。注意不定式前需加to。如：‎ The boss made him work all day long.‎ ‎→He was made to work all day long (by the boss). ‎ 老板让他整天工作。‎ ‎⑷短语动词变被动语态时，勿要丢掉“尾巴”。如：‎ The children were taken good care of (by her).‎ 孩子们得到她很好的照料。‎ Your pronunciation and spelling should be paid attention to.‎ 你应该注意你的发音和拼写。‎ ‎⑸情态动词和be going to, be to, be sure to, used to, have to, had better等结构变被动语态，只需将它们后面的动词原形变为be +过去分词。如：‎ This problem must be worked out in half an hour.‎ 这个问题必须半小时内解决。‎ The sports meet is to be held on Saturday.‎ 运动会将于星期六举行。‎ ‎⑹当句子的谓语为say, believe, expect, think, know, write, consider, report等时，被动语态有两种形式：谓语动词用被动语态，动词不定式作主语补足语或者用it作形式主语，真正的主语在后面用主语在后面用主语从句来表示。如： ‎ People say he is a smart boy.‎ ‎→It is said that he is a smart boy.‎ ‎→He is said to be a smart boy.‎ 人们说他是一个聪明的男孩。‎ People know paper was made in China first.‎ ‎→It is known that paper was made in China first.‎ ‎→Paper was known to be made in China first.‎ 众所周知，纸首先由中国制造的。‎ 类似句型有：It is said / known / suggested / believed / hoped/ thought that …‎ ‎2．部分不及物动词或短语不能用于被动语态 ‎【典例5】We have sometimes accidents on this line, but no accidents have been occurred since last winter.‎ 解析：去掉been。occur, happen, take place, break out, come about等均可表示“发生；出现”，但无一例外都不能用于被动语态，因此这里的been是多余的。如：‎ Something has happened to the train.‎ 火车出事故了。‎ Great changes have taken place since 1976.‎ 一九七六年以来发生了巨大的变化。‎ A fire broke out near here yesterday.‎ 昨天此地附近发生了一场火灾。‎ The accident comes about in this way.‎ 这事故就是这样发生的。‎ ‎3．忽视主动形式表示被动意义的特殊用法 ‎【典例6】This cloth you bought is cheap, but it is wears well.‎ 解析：去掉is。wear, write, wash, sell, last等动词与副词连用，主动形式表示被动意义。该句意为：你买的这种布料很便宜，但很耐穿。再如：Her new novel sells well both at home and abroad. 她的新小说国内外都很畅销。‎ 主动形式表示被动意义的基本用法如下：‎ ‎⑴有些及物动词，如act, add, burn, close, compare, cook, cut, digest, draw, feel, keep, last, lock, open, pay, pull, read, sell, shut, smoke, spread, strike, teach, tear, wash, wear, write 等，在某些情况下用作不及物动词，后接副词，其形式上是主动的，意义是被动的。如：‎ The shop opens from 9 a.m. to 10 p.m.‎ 这家商店从上午九点到下午十点营业。‎ This kind of cloth washes well.‎ 这种布很耐洗。‎ The books sell well. ‎ 这些书很畅销。‎ ‎⑵一些表示状态特征的动词的主动形式表示被动意义，这种动词可分为如下几类。‎ ‎①表示感官的动词：appear, look, seem, sound, smell, taste, feel等。如：‎ The music sounds beautiful.‎ 音乐优美动听。‎ ‎②表示保持某种状态的动词：keep, remain, stand, sit, lie, last等。如：‎ The house has stood empty for months.‎ 那房子空了几个月了。‎ ‎③表示变成某种状态的动词：become, get, turn等。如：‎ Seeing them, the young woman got so excited.‎ 看到这些，这位年轻妇女变得那样地激动。‎ ‎④表示证明和结果状态的动词：prove, turn out等。如：‎ As time went on, Einstein’s theory proved to be correct.‎ 随着时间的推移，爱因斯坦的理论被证明是正确的。‎ ‎⑤表示适合状态的动词：fit, suit等。例如：‎ The shoes don’t fit me.‎ 这双鞋我穿不适合。‎ ‎⑥表示拥有状态的动词：belong to, have等。如：‎ This dictionary belongs to me.‎ 这本词典是我的。‎ ‎⑶一些表示“开始、结束、移位、运转”意义的动词。如begin, start, end, stop, drive, ride, remove, run, change等的主动形式可以表示被动意义。如：‎ The meeting will begin at nine.‎ 会议将在九点开始。‎ The machine has been mended and runs very well.‎ 机器修好了，运转得很好。‎ ‎⑷“be+形容词+动词不定式”结构中，不定式用主动形式表示被动意义，而且与主语构成逻辑上动宾关系。如：‎ This sentence is rather difficult to understand.‎ 这个句子很难理解。‎ The new comer is very easy to get along with.‎ 新来的人很容易相处。‎ 重点三：忽视语境特殊要求造成时态误用 ‎1．使用现在完成时的几种情况 ‎⑴与时间段连用，表示一个持续的动作。如：‎ How long have you kept this MP3 player?‎ 你这个MP3播放器买多久了？‎ ‎⑵与since连用，表示“自从……以来”。如：‎ England has not won the World Cup in football since 1966.‎ 英格兰1966年以来就没有赢得过世界杯。‎ ‎⑶与so far, in the past few years, up to now, ever since等短语连用。如：‎ Three buildings have been set up in our school in the past few years. ‎ 过去几年里我们学校已经盖了三栋建筑。‎ ‎⑷用于This is the first time that…句型，表示“这是……第一次……”。如：‎ This is the first time that you have been here. ‎ 这是你第一次来这里吧。‎ ‎【典例7】I am very pleased to say that all of us greatly improved our spoken English so far.‎ 解析：greatly前加have。so far表示“到目前为止”，常与现在完成时连用。‎ ‎【典例8】It was five years since we graduated, but those memories are as sweet as ever before.‎ 解析：was→is。It is/has been…since…是常用句型，意为“自……以来”，since常与现在完成时连用。‎ ‎2．主句是一般将来时或祈使句，if, unless, when, before, as soon as 等引导的状语从句常用一般现在时代替一般将来时 ‎【典例9】We will go outing together if it won’t rain tomorrow.‎ 解析：won’t→doesn’t。显然这里没有考虑到状语从句时态的替换用法造成失误。‎ ‎【好题调研】‎ ‎1. You don’t need to describe her. I met her several times.‎ ‎2. After the drive, it was cost just over ￡2 to put the car back into perfect condition.‎ ‎3. All the tickets had sold out when I got to the cinema.‎ ‎4. Great changes have been taken place in the city since 1990.‎ ‎5. The teacher caught me cheating. I don't know what to say.‎ ‎6. Hardly did the doctor gone to bed when there was a knock on the door.‎ ‎7. The harder you will work, the better results you will have.‎ ‎8. Yesterday we were playing basketball while they are playing football.‎ ‎9. I should very much like to have gone to the party, but I am not invited.‎ ‎10. I don’t think she’ll be upset, but I’ll see her in case she does.‎ 答案与解析：‎ ‎1. met前加have。本题属于时态误用。句中有several times，所以暗示用现在完成时。再如：It’s the first time I’ve seen him. We have been there three times.‎ ‎2. 去掉was。本题属于语态误用。句型cost sb money/ time 意为“花费某人钱/时间”，cost要用主动的形式。‎ ‎3. had后加been。本题出现语态错误，句意“当我到电影院时，票已经卖完了”，我到电影院是在过去，票卖完是在过去以前，并且是被卖完的，是被动的，因此，要用过去完成时。‎ ‎4. 去掉been。这里是动词语态的错误。take place“发生”，不及物动词短语，无被动语态。句中有since 1990，所以要用现在完成时。‎ ‎5. don't→didn’t。本题是时态不一致错误。前句“老师抓住我作弊”，是过去的事情，那么当时不知道说什么，也是过去的事情，前后一致，所以要用一般过去时。‎ ‎6. did→had。本题是时态错误。“hardly…when”和“no sooner…than”句型都表示“一……就”，但不能混用。when/than前用过去完成时，when/than后用一般过去时，而且hardly和no sooner位于句首时句子要倒装。‎ ‎7. 去掉第一个will。考查用一般现在时表示一般将来时的用法。“The+比较级…，the+比较级…”句型表示“越……，越……”，前一句相当于一个状语从句，所以用一般现在时代替一般将来时。‎ ‎8. are→were。时态不一致错误。while引导时间状语从句，前后动作应是同时发生。句中有时间词yesterday暗示时态是一般过去时。另外，while后要用延续性的谓语动词。‎ ‎9. am→was。动词时态错误。should/would like to have done sth表示“原本想……（事实上没有）”，说的是过去的事情，“我本来想去参加宴会的，但是我没有被邀请”，所以时态用一般过去时。‎ ‎10. does→is。省略不当造成时态错误。在特定的语境下，可以省略一些重复的内容，但是要注意上下文一致。该句意为：我认为她将不会难受，但我还去看看她，以免她感到难受。she is是she is upset的省略。‎ ‎【强化闯关】‎ ‎1. Every possible means has tried, but none proves successful.‎ ‎2. We were told not to go that way because the bridge was repaired.‎ ‎3. The pen I thought I lost is on my desk, right under my nose.‎ ‎4. I spent two weeks in Paris last year. Had you gone there before?‎ ‎5. I'm really discouraged, I didn't expect there will be so much trouble in finding a job here.‎ ‎6. I have been studying computer for several years and I still have.‎ ‎7. Last Sunday, he went to the library, borrowing two books and then left.‎ ‎8. Neither side was willing to give in at all, as a result no agreement has reached.‎ ‎9. Mr White works as a lawyer now, but he has worked in a company for several years.‎ ‎10. She was so interested in the book that she read it for three hours before she realized it.‎ ‎11. When I saw her smiling face, I knew she is writing good news of her daughter.‎ ‎12. Remember to send me a photo of us next time you will write to me.‎ ‎13. I can guess you were in a hurry. You were wearing your sweater inside out.‎ ‎14. I know Mr. Brown; we are introduced to each other at an international conference.‎ ‎15. I want to buy that kind of cloth because the cloth is washes well.‎ 答案与解析：‎ ‎1. has后加been。考查动词语态。根据句意“每一种可能的方法都被尝试过了”，表示被动的含义，所以用被动语态。另外means单复数同形，本句中受到Every的修饰，所以谓语动词用单数。‎ ‎2. was后加being。动词时态错误。根据句意“我们被告诉不要走那条路，因为桥正在维修。”was being repaired是过去进行时的被动语态，意为“一直在被维修”。‎ ‎3. lost前加had。动词时态错误。钢笔的丢失是在我认为以前，是过去的过去，所以用过去完成时。I lost做定语修饰The pen，I thought用作插入语。‎ ‎4. Had→Have。动词时态错误。句意“去年我在巴黎呆了两星期，你以前去过那里了吗？”说话时我已经回来了，所以用have been表示“去过（某地）”。‎ ‎5. will→would。时态错误。there will be so much trouble in finding a job here作didn't expect的宾语。主句是一般过去时，根据主从一致原则，从句也要用相应过去时态，所以用过去将来时。‎ ‎6. 第二个have→am。省略不当造成时态错误。根据句意“我学习电脑几年了，并且我现在一直在学”，一直在学是现在的事情，因此用一般现在时的省略结构。‎ ‎7. borrowing→borrowed。时态不一致错误。这里and连接三个并列的谓语动词，故都用一般过去时。‎ ‎8. has→was。时态语态错误。句子逻辑要前后一致，前句为过去时后句也要用过去时态；reach an agreement达成协议。‎ ‎9. 去掉has。本句考查特定语境中谓语动词的时态运用。本题容易受for several years的影响而使用现在完成时。其实，work是延续性动词，可以与时间段连用；而且“在公司工作”这一动作并没有持续到现在，这不符合现在完成时的用法。‎ ‎10. read前加had。考查时态一致问题。句意“在她意识到这本书有趣之前，已经读了好几遍”，意识到是过去的事情，读书是在这以前发生，所以用过去完成时。‎ ‎11. is→was。前后时态不一致。根据主从时态一致原则，主句用过去时态，从句也要用相应的过去时态。‎ ‎12. 去掉will。考查时态的替代用法。在时间、条件状语从句中常用一般用现在时代替一般将来时，因此next time后的时间状语从句用一般现在时代替一般将来时。‎ ‎13. 第二个were→are。时态的错误。根据语境“你把衣服穿反了”这一事实说话时仍存在的状态，因此应用现在进行时。in a hurry“匆匆忙忙地”。‎ ‎14. are→were。动词时态误用。at an international conference.是发生在过去的事情，句子用一般过去时。‎ ‎15. 去掉is。考查动词主动形式表示被动意义的用法。有些表示主语的特性、状态的动词，可以用主动的形式表示被动意义。再如：Your pen writes smoothly. 你的笔写起来很流利。 ‎ 热点聚焦 热点 1 词语搭配 热点诠释 词语搭配涉及的知识点也比较多，最为重要的有介词和名词的固定搭配，动词与介词或副词的搭配，动词与非谓语动词的搭配，以及某些句型的固定搭配等都会成为短文改错的考查点。‎ 热点一：介词和名词的固定搭配错误 介词和名词的固定搭配错误在高考短文改错中所占比值最大，主要表现在：‎ ‎1．介词和名词搭配中冠词误用 ‎【典例1】Though the young couple got to know each other quite by a chance, they had a lot in common.‎ 解析：去掉第一个a。by chance是固定搭配，意为“碰巧；偶然地”。‎ 请注意以下“介词+名词”搭配中均省略冠词：‎ ‎“by+名词”类：by airplane乘飞机by birth生来by comparison比较起来by day在白天by design故意地by force强迫地by turns轮流by weight按重量计算 ‎“in+名词”类：in general大体上;一般而言in store贮藏着；保存着；准备着in detail详细地in particular特别地in charge负责；主管in case一旦；万一in brief简而言之in cash用现金（支付）in conclusion总之in control控制中in danger（处境）危险 in debt负债in place在原来位置；在适当位置in reality事实上in return作为回报in short简而言之in total总共；总计 ‎“on+名词”类：on duty在值班on business在出差on guard在站岗on end连续；竖立on fire着火on show在展示on holiday在度假on time准时on average平均on board在（车、船）上on earth 根本；地球上on foot步行on sale出售 ‎“at+名词”类：at dawn在黎明at ease自由自在at hand在手边, 在附近at large未被捕, 详尽at length最后, 详细地at peace处于和平状态at sea在大海上, 迷茫at sunrise日出时at table在餐桌边吃饭at war交战 ‎“under+名词”类：under arrest被捕under discussion在讨论under control控制住under way进行中 ‎2．一些固定搭配中介词误用 ‎【典例2】The car went to the direction of the post office.‎ 解析：to→in。in the direction of是固定搭配，意为“朝……方向”。‎ 请注意以下常用且易混淆的短语：‎ with one’s help在……的帮助下 under the leadership of在……的领导下 to one’s surprise令某人惊讶的是 in surprise惊讶地 take…by surprise使……大吃一惊；突然袭击 thanks for感谢……‎ thanks to多亏……‎ in the sunshine在阳光下 under the bridge在桥下 at a time每次；同时 at the time当时；目前 at times有时，不是 at all times总是；一直 at that time那时侯 at one time过去；曾经有段时间 at no time从不，从来没有 The town was taken by surprise.‎ 城市被突然攻陷。‎ I stopped the car very quickly thanks to the good brakes.‎ 由于闸好，我很快煞住了汽车。‎ Thanks for your help.‎ 谢谢您的帮助。‎ She spoke half an hour at a time.‎ 她一次讲了半个小时。‎ In 1969 the first men landed on the moon--I was twelve at the time.‎ 一九六九年人类第一次登上月球——那时我十二岁。‎ ‎3．固定搭配中可数名词与不可数名词混用等。‎ ‎【典例3】Parents often have troubles in finding restaurants that welcome young children.‎ 解析：troubles→trouble。have trouble in doing sth.是固定搭配，意为“在……方面有困难”，trouble是不可数名词，前边用much, little, a little, no等修饰。‎ 请注意以下常见短语中名词的用法：‎ on a visit to对……的访问 with pleasure乐意地 ‎ for fun为了乐趣 in comfort舒适地 of value有价值的 ‎ 热点二：动词与介词或副词的搭配 动词与介词或副词的搭配在短文改错中所占比重比较大，主要围绕常见动词如look, keep, take, get,‎ ‎ hand, turn等所构成的短语动词中。考生平时应加强基本训练，牢记常见短语的基本含义和延伸意义，做到既要知其一，还要知其二。‎ 请注意以下常见“动词+介词/副词“搭配的含义：‎ ‎“add +介词/副词”短语：add to（在原来基础上）增加, 加到；add…to 把…添加到；add up加起来；add up to 总计（不能用于被动结构）‎ ‎ “break +介词/副词”短语：break away from突然逃掉；脱离break down（谈判）破裂；（机器、车辆）抛锚；（身体）累跨；分解break in突然进来；打岔（不接宾语）break into破门而入；勉强动用break off中断（谈判）；解除（婚约）；突然停止break out突然发生（争吵、疾病）；突然（大声）break through突破；取得重大成果break up驱散（人群）；（中小学）学期结束；分开 ‎“call +介词/副词”短语：call up召唤；回忆；应征入伍；使想起call for 需要；要求；值得call off 取消call on 拜访；呼吁；邀请call at (a place)访问（某地）；停泊call back召回；收回；回忆；回电话call in 叫来；召集call out 大声喊叫 ‎“die+介词/副词”短语：die away意思是“渐弱”，多指声音、光线、风等die down（火、风暴、兴奋）渐渐平静下来die for为……而牺牲die from意为“死于（吸烟、事故）”，侧重外部原因die of意为“死于（饥饿、悲伤）”，侧重内部原因 die off相继死去die out通常指“（动植物及风俗习惯）灭绝；消失”‎ ‎“get +介词/副词”短语：get across讲清楚；被理解get ahead比人强；得到成功get along with 在……方面有进展；与……相处get away from走开；避开get down to开始认真干（某事）get in touch with与……取得联系get in进站；收（庄稼）get off下车；脱下；使不受惩罚；使入睡get over克服；摆脱（情绪）get on上车；取得进展get round传播；蔓延get through做完；通过（考试）；接通电话get together欢聚 get up起床；举办；化装 ‎“give +介词/副词”短语：give away泄露(秘密)；赠送give back归还；报复；后退give off发出，放出(蒸汽、气味等) give out分发；公布（及物动词短语）；（力气、食物）用完，用尽（不接宾语）give in屈服；投降；退让(接宾语时后加to) give up放弃；停止 ‎“go +介词/副词”短语：go about到处走动go against违背go ahead继续（说、做）go at冲向；努力去做go by遵照；凭…判断；经过go down下降；下跌；被接受go far够分配；成功go for冲向；责备；想获得go in for参加（考试）；酷爱go off（爆竹、铃等）响；失去知觉go on发生；前进；继续go out出走；熄灭go over视察；复习；（表演）很受欢迎go through经历；经受；批准go up涨价；爆炸go with同意；调和go without没有……也忍受过去 ‎“hand +介词/副词”短语：hand down 传给后代 hand in 上缴hand out交出; 分发hand over 移交；让与 ‎“leave +介词/副词”短语：leave about把东西丢下不管; 乱丢leave…alone不理会leave aside(把某事)搁置一边leave behind留下；遗留；超过leave out遗漏; 省略；忽略 leave over把...留待以后处理 ‎“make +介词/副词”短语：make for 移向；走向；攻击make off匆匆逃走make out理解；写（支票、账目等）；把…说成make up和解；化妆；化装；虚构；组成make up for补偿make out of用……制造出make over修改；移交 ‎“put+介词/副词”短语：put about 散布（消息）；宣称put across解释；表达put aside节省（钱、时间）；储蓄；撇开；put away储存（钱）；储存…备用；put back拨回；向后移；放回原处put down写下；击败；平定put forward提出（意见、建议）；推荐put off延期；使…气馁put on假装；上演（戏剧）；穿戴put out熄灭；出产put through接通电话put together商量；累加put up举起；公布；为…提供食宿put up with忍受 ‎“set +介词/副词”短语：set about(doing) sth.开始做，着手处理set aside留出；拔出；废止set back使受挫折；拨回(钟表的针) set down放下；记载set free释放set off出发；使爆炸；使引起（情绪变化）set out出发；开始做；阐明set up建立（事业）‎ ‎“take +介词/副词”短语：take off成功；脱掉（衣服）；（飞机）起飞take after相似take for当作；误认为take in收留；理解；欺骗take on雇用；开始显现take over接任；接管take up开始从事；继续；占(地方); 费(时间)‎ ‎“turn +介词/副词”短语：turn against(使)和……敌对turn away把……打发走；转过脸去turn down 减弱，降低（力量、声音等）；拒绝turn in拐进去；上缴turn off关(自来水、灯、收音机等) ；岔开(话题) turn on打开（煤气、自来水、灯等）；以……为转移turn out生产；出产；结果是（后接形容词、to be或that从句）turn over翻阅(书刊)；营业额达到turn to向…求助turn up发现；被找到；露面；把声音开大 ‎【典例4】When I walked into the classroom, the teacher was handing in the tests.‎ 解析：in→out。hand in表示“上缴”，而hand out表示“分发”，符合语境逻辑要求。‎ ‎【典例5】The final examination is coming up soon. It’s time for us to get down our studies.‎ 解析：down后加to。get down to意为“着手干某事”，to是介词。‎ ‎【典例6】I'm sure they will laugh to me and see me as a fool.‎ 解析：to→at。laugh at是习惯搭配，意为“嘲笑；取笑”。该句意为：我相信他们会取笑我并把我当成傻瓜。‎ 热点三：动词与非谓语动词的搭配错误 动词与非谓语动词的搭配错误主要见于以下几种情况：‎ ‎1．英语中一些结构常与动词不定式连用，这些结构有：would rather do…than do…, prefer to do…rather than do…, do nothing but do…, have no choice but to do…等。如：‎ She prefers to stay at hoe rather than go fishing. ‎ 她宁愿呆在家里而不愿去钓鱼。‎ Then the animals have no choice but to lie down and sleep.‎ 然后这些动物别无选择，只好躺下来睡觉。‎ ‎【典例7】To enjoy the scenery, Irene would rather spend long hours on the train to travel by air.‎ 解析：to→than。would rather do...than do sth.是常见句型，意为“宁愿……而不愿”。‎ ‎2．一些结构常与动词-ing形式连用，如：prefer doing…to doing, can’t help doing, spend time/money doing…等。如：‎ Hearing the story, we couldn’t help laughing.‎ 听了这个故事，我们禁不住大笑起来。‎ She preferred watching TV to listening to music. ‎ 她宁愿看电视而不愿听音乐。‎ ‎【典例8】According to a recent U.S. survey, children spent up to 25 hours a week watch TV.‎ 解析：watch→watching。spend time (in) doing sth.是常见句型，意为“花费……时间做某事”‎ ‎3．某些动词，如want, need, require等常用动词-ing形式作宾语，主动形式表示被动意义。‎ ‎【典例9】In my opinion, your clothes badly require wash.‎ 解析：wash→washed。这里require washing= require to be washed。再如：‎ The flowers want watering.‎ 这些花需要浇水。‎ I think your composition needs rewriting. ‎ 我想你的作文需要重新写一遍。‎ ‎【好题调研】‎ ‎1. Please drop in on my home when you are free.‎ ‎2. Helen always helps her mother even though going to school makes up most of her day.‎ ‎3. Her fluency in English gives her an advantage on other girls for the job.‎ ‎4. We wanted to get home before dark, but it didn’t quite turn up as planned.‎ ‎5. They kept in touch with each other through writing.‎ ‎6. John is leaving for London tomorrow and I will see him out at the airport.‎ ‎7. It was a pity that the great writer died from his works unfinished.‎ ‎8. They are staying with us at the time being until they find a place of their own.‎ ‎9. Everybody in the village likes Jack because he is good at telling and making for jokes.‎ ‎10. What shall we use for power when all the oil in the world has given up?‎ 答案与解析：‎ ‎1. on→at。易混动词短语误用。drop in on sb. 顺便走访某人；drop in at a place顺便走访某个地方。‎ ‎2. makes→takes。动词短语使用错误。make up编造，乔装打扮，take up占据（时间、空间）。‎ ‎3. on→over。介词使用错误。give sb. an advantage over给某人优势。固定搭配。注意advantage的搭配：have the advantage of sb.较某人有利，比某人强take advantage of sb.欺骗某人，捉弄某人，take advantage of sth 利用某事。‎ ‎4. up→out。动词搭配错误。turn out证明是；结果是；turn up出现，露面。根据句意事情结果并不像计划的一样，可知此处应为turn out。‎ ‎5. through→by。介词使用错误。表示使用某种方法，手段用介词by。‎ ‎6. out→off。动词搭配错误。句意“John明天要去伦敦，我要去机场送他”；表示送行用see…off, see…out“送出”，不符合句意。‎ ‎7. from→with。固定结构介词使用错误。本句是一个with复合结构，with his works unfinished作结果状语。‎ ‎8. at→for。for the time being是固定搭配，意为“暂时；目前”。‎ ‎9. for→up。动词搭配错误。make up jokes意为“编笑话”；make for则意为“走向；移向；促成”。‎ ‎10. up→out。动词搭配错误。give out这里作“用尽，耗尽”讲。‎ ‎【强化闯关】‎ ‎1. Thanks for the rich farmland, we are growing more crops.‎ ‎2. The forest guards often find campfires that have not been put up completely.‎ ‎3. Many kinds of new cars were on the show in Beijing on June 10.‎ ‎4. We'll talk with our plan for the weekend over dinner.‎ ‎5. He thought the jar made of earth with little value and let me have it for only one dollar.‎ ‎6. Rose was wild with joy as the result of the examination.‎ ‎7. We are now short for fresh water. Something must be done to stop people from polluting it.‎ ‎8. I am writing to thank you with your kind help.‎ ‎9. There is no such perfect solution of all problems.‎ ‎10. I can hardly hear the radio. Would you please turn it on?‎ ‎11. It is no use try to solve problems by force. Dialogue is the only solution.‎ ‎12. If you don’t know what to do, you can turn to your friends on advice.‎ ‎13. You should take more exercise. It’s good at your health.‎ ‎14. He got to the station early, for fear missing his train.‎ ‎15. I’d like to buy a house—modern, comfortable, and after all in a quiet neighborhood.‎ ‎1. for→to。动词搭配错误。thanks to表示“多亏” thanks for“感谢……”。‎ ‎2. up→out。动词搭配错误。根据句意这里表示“扑灭，熄灭”，应用put out，而put up表示“张贴”。‎ ‎3. 去掉the。冠词的误用。on show固定搭配，“在展览”。‎ ‎4. with→about。动词搭配错误。talk about sth,谈论某事，talk with sb.“和某人交谈”。‎ ‎5. with→of。介词搭配错误。本句中made of意为“由……制成（可看出原料）”。同时，该句是“think…of great value”结构，介词短语作宾语补足语。‎ ‎6. as→at。介词使用错误。句意“Rose听到考试的结果十分高兴”，表示“听到……”用at，含有动作的意味。‎ ‎7. for→of。动词固定搭配错误。be short of缺少。‎ ‎8. with→for。介词使用错误。表示“因……而感谢某人时”，要用thank sb. for……‎ ‎9. of→to。介词使用错误。问题的解决用solution to problems。类似表达：问题的答案the answer to the question，门上的钥匙the key to the door，课文注释the notes to the text等。‎ ‎10. on→up。动词固定搭配错误。根据句意“我几乎听不见收音机，能把它调大一点吗？”‎ ‎，知道要表示“调大声音”，用turn up。turn on表示打开，turn down表示调低，turn off表示关闭。‎ ‎11. try→trying。It is no use doing sth.是常见句型，意为“做……是没有用的”，It作形式主语。‎ ‎12. on→for。动词搭配错误。征求某人意见turn to sb. for advice。‎ ‎13. at→for。动词搭配错误。be good at“擅长于”，be good for“对……有益”。‎ ‎14. fear后加of。属于介词搭配不完整。for fear of“惟恐，生怕”，后用名词或动词-ing形式，for fear (that)“惟恐，以免”，后用从句。‎ ‎15. after→above。介词搭配错误。after all毕竟；above all首先，最重要的是。‎ 热点2 非谓语动词 热点诠释 由于自身的特点和复杂性，非谓语动词是中学生较难掌握语法项目之一，也是高考短文改错命题的一个热点。非谓语动词内容繁杂，因此命题的考点也有很多。短文改错除了考查非谓语动词的基本功能外，还考查非谓语动词不同形式之间的细微区别、一些动词后接不定式和动词-ing形式的区别以及与非谓语动词有关的典型搭配等。‎ 热点一：不定式符号to还是介词to 不定式符号to还是介词to的考查是高考短文改错一道亮丽的风景线，每年必考，复现率百分之百，考生务必高度重视。考点主要集中在：‎ ‎1．部分易混短语中需要界定是不定式符号to还是介词to。‎ ‎【典例1】Bamboo is used to building houses in some places.‎ 解析：building→build。这里to是不定式符号。该句意为：在一些地方，竹子被用来盖房子。注意以下三个短语的搭配和用法区别：‎ used to do 意为“过去常常”，暗示现在不是这样。to是不定式符号。‎ be used to do意为“被用来做某事”，属于被动语态用法。to是不定式符号。‎ get used to doing 意为“习惯于做某事”，to是介词。‎ You must get used to getting up early.‎ 你必须习惯于早起。‎ He used to come to see us by bus. ‎ 他过去常乘公共汽车来看望我们。‎ 另外，下列短语中都包含动词不定式符号to：‎ be able to能够 tend to倾向于 be likely to很可能 be about to即将做 ought to应该 have to不得不 have got to必须 ‎ Boys tend to be bigger than girls.‎ 男孩往往比女孩个子大。‎ She is not likely to come next month.‎ 她很可能下个月不来。‎ He was about to leave when the phone rang.‎ 他正要离开这时电话响了。‎ As a Party member, you ought to give the lead.‎ 作为党员，你应当带头。‎ ‎2．部分短语中to是介词，后接名词、代词或动词-ing形式。‎ ‎【典例2】I am looking forward to see all of you again in the near future!‎ 解析：see→seeing。look forward to是固定词组，意为“盼望；期待”，后接名词、代词或动词-ing形式。‎ ‎【典例3】He left government to devote more time to care for his family.‎ 解析：care→caring。devote time to doing sth.意为“投入时间做某事”，to是介词。‎ 请注意下列常见含有介词to的动词短语：‎ devote oneself to (doing) sth. 致力于 get down to (doing) sth.着手干 lead to (doing) sth.通向，导致 object to (doing) sth.反对 pay attention to (doing) sth.注意 look forward to (doing) sth.盼望 stick to (doing) sth.坚持 ‎ However, others strongly object to developing private cars.‎ 然而有人强烈反对发展私人汽车。‎ Let’s get down to repairing the used computer.‎ 让咱们着手维修旧电脑吧。‎ Attention must be paid to developing education in mountainous areas.‎ 必须注意发展山区教育。‎ If you stick to the truth, you've nothing to fear.‎ 你要是坚持真理就可以无所畏惧。‎ 热点二：是过去分词还是动词-ing形式 过去分词和动词-ing形式的区别在高考短文改错中出现几率很大，考点集中在：‎ ‎1．过去分词与动词-ing形式作定语的区别：‎ 及物动词的过去分词作定语表示一个被动的、已完成的动作而动词-ing形式作定语表示一个主动的、正在进行的动作。如：‎ ‎ a well dressed woman ‎ 衣着讲究的女士 ‎ a car parked at the gate ‎ 停在门口的小汽车 a piece of disappointing news ‎ 使人失望的消息 ‎ the rising sun 冉冉升起的太阳 ‎ After hearing the exciting news, he gave a speech in an excited voice.‎ 听了这则激动人心的消息，他激动地发表了演讲。‎ ‎2．过去分词与动词-ing形式作表语的区别：‎ 过去分词作表语表示主语所处的被动状态或完成某动作的状态，常译为“被……的”、“感到……的”，动词-ing形式作表语表示进行与主动的，常译为“令人……的”。如：‎ They are very tired after a long walk.‎ 散步久了，他们感到疲惫。‎ The village is surrounded by high mountains.‎ 这个村庄被高山包围着。‎ The joke is amusing. ‎ 这个笑话真逗！‎ ‎ The problem is puzzling. ‎ 这个问题令人困惑。‎ ‎3．过去分词与动词-ing形式作状语的区别：‎ 过去分词和动词-ing形式都可以在句中作状语，表示时间、原因、条件、伴随状况等。其逻辑主语应与句子主语保持一致。其根本区别在于过去分词与句子主语之间逻辑上是被动关系，而动词-ing形式作状语，与句子主语之间逻辑上是主动关系。如：‎ Seen from the top of the hill, the town is beautiful.（条件状语）‎ 从山顶上看，这个镇很漂亮。‎ ‎ He went into the house, followed by some children. （伴随状语）‎ ‎ 他进入屋内，后边跟着一些孩子。‎ Coming into the room, he found his father angry.（时间状语）‎ 他进入房间，发现父亲生气了。‎ ‎ Having been hit by the big boy on the nose, the little boy began to cry.（原因状语）‎ ‎ 被那个大点男孩打住鼻子，这个小孩开始哭起来。‎ ‎ He put a finger in his mouth, tasted it and smiled, looking rather pleased. （伴随状语）‎ 他把一个手指放进最里，尝尝，微笑着，看起来很高兴的样子。‎ ‎4．过去分词与动词-ing形式作宾语补足语的区别：‎ 及物动词的过去分词作宾语补足语，表示与宾语之间的被动意义，而动词-ing形式表示与宾语之间的主动意义。如：‎ We have heard the song sung twice.‎ 我们听到这首歌唱了两次。‎ I found the window broken.‎ 我发现窗户破了。‎ When I came in, I saw her dancing happily.　　‎ 我进来时，看见她正高兴地跳着舞。‎ They had the lights burning all night long.‎ 他们让灯亮了整个通宵。‎ ‎【典例4】Most of the students, surprising at the way the question was put, didn’t know how to answer it.‎ 解析：surprising→surprised。过去分词surprised…作原因状语，相当于原因状语从句because they were surprised...。‎ ‎【典例5】Having passed all the tests, she felt a great weight taking off her mind 解析：taking→taken。此句的意思是“通过了所有的测验，她感到去掉了一块心病”。weight与take off 是动宾关系，所以用过去分词形式，taken off 在句中作宾语补足语。‎ ‎【典例6】Comparing with you, we still have a long way to go.‎ 解析：Comparing→Compared。compared with/to意为“与……相比”，常用作插入语。‎ 类似作插入语的特殊句型还有：to be honest, to make matters worse, to begin with, to tell the truth, generally speaking, judging from等。如：‎ We can't go. To begin with, it's too cold.‎ 我们不能去。首先，天太冷。‎ Judging by what he said, it's very unlikely that he'll support your plan.‎ 根据他说的话来判断，他不大困难会支持你的方案。‎ Three of our players were ill, and to make matters worse, our main scorer had broken his ankle.‎ 我们三个队员生病，更糟糕的是，‎ 热点三：不定式还是动词-ing形式 ‎【典例7】I should say sorry to him. I regret refuse to help him that day. ‎ 解析：refuse→refusing。根据语境这里应用regret doing sth.表示“后悔已做过的事情”。该句意为：我该向他道歉。我后悔那天拒绝去帮助他。‎ ‎【典例8】If we want to catch the 7.30 train, that will mean leave the house at 6.00.‎ 解析：leave→leaving。根据语境这里应用mean doing sth.表示“意味着”，起解释说明的作用。‎ 下列动词后既可跟不定式，也可跟动名词，但含义明显不同：‎ forget to do忘记去做 forget doing忘了干过的事情 She forgot to post the letter.‎ 她忘记去寄信了。‎ I shall never forget hearing her singing that song.‎ 我将永远不会忘记听到她的唱那首歌。‎ regret to do遗憾地做某事 ‎ regret doing后悔做了某事 I regret to say I cannot come tomorrow.‎ 很抱歉，明天我不能来。‎ I regret spending so much money on a car.‎ 我后悔买这辆车花费那么多钱。‎ mean to do打算做 ‎ mean doing意味着 I meant to give you this book today, but I forgot.‎ 我原打算今天把这本书给你，但是我忘记了。‎ Missing the train means waiting for another hour. ‎ 错过这趟火车意味着再等一小时。‎ try to do试图干 ‎ try doing尝试干 He tried to climb the tree, but he could not.‎ 他试图要爬那棵树，但没能够爬上去。‎ You’d better try getting up earlier in the mornings.‎ ‎ 你最好试着早上起得更早。‎ ‎ stop to do停下来去干另一件事情 ‎ stop doing停止做 I stopped to pick up a letter that I'd dropped.‎ 我停下来拣我丢掉的信件。‎ Stop shouting - you're giving me a headache!‎ 不要叫喊了-你让我好头疼。‎ go on to do继续去干另一件事情 ‎ go on doing继续做同一件事情 After watching TV he went on to do his homework.‎ 看电视之后，他接着去做家庭作业。‎ After a rest, they went on discussing the problem.‎ 休息之后，他们继续讨论这个问题。‎ ‎【典例9】Hearing the good news, he couldn’t help jump with joy ‎ 解析：jump→jumping。根据语境这里应用couldn’t help doing sth.表示“情不自禁做某事”。‎ 热点四：动词不定式符号to的语篇省略 ‎ ‎1．省略动词不定式符号 “to”的场合 ‎⑴感官动词see, watch, notice, feel, hear或者使役动词let, have, make后接动词不定式作宾语补足语时，省略to。如：‎ Did you notice someone take away my notebook? ‎ 你注意到有人拿我的笔记本了吗？‎ Let me have a look at your new dictionary. ‎ 让我看看你的新字典。‎ ‎⑵在had better(最好), would rather(宁愿), can’t help but(忍不住), cannot but(不得不；只好), Why not do? (何不……?), prefer to do …rather than do…(宁愿做……而不愿做)等结构后省略to。如：‎ You had better have another talk with your cousin. ‎ 你最好和你表弟再交谈一次。‎ Hearing the story, we couldn’t help but laugh. ‎ 听了这个故事，我们禁不住大笑起来。‎ Why not take more exercise to lose weight?‎ 何不多进行一些锻炼来减肥呢？‎ ‎【典例10】It is better to follow your father’s advice, so you’d better to give up the foolish idea.‎ 解析：去掉第二个to。结合语境，这里是had better do sth.句型。‎ ‎2．保留动词不定式符号 “to”的场合 ‎⑴感官动词see, watch, notice, feel, hear或者使役动词 make后接动词不定式作宾语补足语且用于被动语态时，to应保留。如：‎ The girl was noticed to slip into the small house. ‎ 有人看见那个女孩遛进那所小房子。‎ The student was made to apologize to his teacher.‎ 那个学生被要求向老师道歉。‎ ‎⑵两个动词不定式表示对比关系时，其前边的不定式符号 “to”均应保留。如：‎ To try and fail is better than not to try at all. ‎ Our duty is to protect wildlife, not to destroy it. ‎ ‎⑶在特定的上下文里，为了避免重复，作谓语、宾语或宾语补足语的不定式再次出现时，to后的内容常承前省略，只保留不定式符号 “to”。如：‎ I don’t go swimming now but I used to. ‎ 我现在不去游泳但我过去常去（游泳）。‎ You may come if you want to. ‎ 如果你愿意来的话就来吧。‎ You can’t work alone in the lab unless you are allowed to. ‎ 除非得到允许，你不能单独在实验室工作。‎ ‎⑷如果不定式to之后的动词是be或助动词have时，要保留to后的be 或have。如： ‎ China is no longer what it used to be.‎ 中国已今非惜比。‎ ‎【典例11】The thief was seen enter the room and steal a lot of money.‎ 解析：enter前加to。注意这里是see sb. do sth.的被动语态结构，省略的to应补上。‎ ‎【典例12】---Have you told Allen about the concert? ‎ ‎ —Sorry, but I ought to.‎ 解析：to后加have。结合语境这里是Sorry, but I ought to have told Allen about the concert的省略。‎ ‎【好题调研】‎ ‎1. He did nothing but to read aloud the text in the room.‎ ‎2. I may just listen to music. I have some records giving to me as birthday gifts.‎ ‎3. The day we had looked forward to coming at last.‎ ‎4. Since long ago, many people called their friends together to spend hours, even days play games.‎ ‎5. When asking why he walked in without permission, he said nothing.‎ ‎6. It’s necessary to be prepared for a job interview. Have the answers ready will be of great help.‎ ‎7. He did all that he could help us with the hard work.‎ ‎8. In 1907, a Silver Ghost broke the world’s record by drive 14,371 miles without breaking down once.‎ ‎9. Having been ill in bed for nearly a month, he had a hard time pass the exam.‎ ‎10. Please excuse us for not able to say goodbye to you.‎ 答案与解析：‎ ‎1. 去掉to。do nothing but do 是固定句型，意为“除了……只能做”。‎ ‎2. giving→given。非谓语动词使用错误。唱片是被作为生日礼物给我的，given to me as birthday gifts.与some records构成动宾关系，所以要用过去分词。‎ ‎3. coming→came。句子意群理解错误和思维定势错误。部分考生认为look forward to中的to是介词，后接动词形式作宾语。但这样句子缺少谓语动词。事实上，原句中we had looked forward to是定语从句，主句缺少谓语动词。‎ ‎4. play→playing。考查动词固定搭配。spend time/money (in) doing sth 花费时间/金钱做某事。这里hours, even days做spend的宾语，playing前面省略介词in。‎ ‎5. asking→asked。状语从句主语与主句主语相同时，可以省略；连接词后用分词，谓语动词与主语是逻辑上主动关系用doing，被动关系用done。本句“询问”与he构成动宾关系，表示“当他被问时”这一概念，所以改为asked。‎ ‎6. Have→Having。考查非谓语动词的用法。根据句子知道这里缺主语，所以用Having the answers ready做主语，而Have the answers ready是动词短语，不可以用作主语。‎ ‎7. help前加to。do all (that) one can to do sth/ do what one can to do sth是固定句型，表示“某人尽可能做……”。that one can 是定语从句，后边省略谓语动词do，因此后边应用不定式作目的状语。‎ ‎8. drive→driving。非谓语动词使用错误。在介词by后要用名词或者动词-ing形式。‎ ‎9. pass→passing。固定句型运用错误。have a hard time (in) doing sth表示“在做某事方面很困难”。‎ ‎10. not后加being。介词后要用名词或动词-ing形式。而able是形容词，所以前加being。‎ ‎【强化闯关】‎ ‎1. He entered the room without notice his father sitting there.‎ ‎2. The children insisted going there on foot.‎ ‎3. Having a pleasant trip and see you Friday. ‎ ‎4. I couldn’t do my homework with all that noise went on.‎ ‎5. How about the two of us take a walk down the garden?‎ ‎6. He stood there, his eyes fixing upon the oil painting.‎ ‎7. Everything taking into consideration, they ought to have another chance.‎ ‎8. Losing in thought, he almost ran into the car in front of him.‎ ‎9. The man kept silent in the room unless spoken.‎ ‎10. “We can’t go out in this weather,” said Bob, looked out of the window.‎ ‎11. The boy wanted to ride his bicycle in the street, but his mother told him not to ride.‎ ‎12. Here are some new computer programs designing for home buildings.‎ ‎13. One learns a language by making mistakes and corrects them.‎ ‎14. There was so much noise in the room that the speaker couldn't make himself hear.‎ ‎15. Having shown the office, the foreign visitors were shown round the teaching building.‎ 答案与解析：‎ ‎1. notice→noticing。非谓语动词使用错误。介词后要用名词或动词-ing形式。‎ ‎2. insisted后加on。固定搭配运用错误。insist on doing sth.坚持做某事。‎ ‎3. Having→Have。非谓语动词使用错误。and连接两个并列祈使句，所以谓语用动词原形。‎ ‎4. went→going。非谓语动词使用错误。这里是with的复合宾语结构。with后的宾语all that noise与going on.之间是逻辑上的主谓关系，所以用现在分词。‎ ‎5. take→taking。How about…?后要用动词-ing形式，这里the two of us是taking的逻辑主语。‎ ‎6. fixing→fixed。固定搭配错误。fix one’s eyes on/upon sth意为“凝视着”，one’s eyes与fix之间是动宾关系，所以用过去分词。‎ ‎7. taking→taken。“名词+过去分词”构成的独立主格结构作条件状语。Everything taken into consideration相当于条件状语从句If everything is taken into consideration(假如把一切考虑在内的话)。‎ ‎8. Losing→Lost。固定搭配错误。be lost in thought意为“陷入沉思”。‎ ‎9. spoken后加to。介词使用错误。unless引导的状语从句是省略句，unless spoken是unless he was spoken to的省略。speak to对某人说话。‎ ‎10. looked→looking。非谓语动词使用错误。分词做状语时与句子的主语之间是逻辑上的主谓关系时要用现在分词，若是动宾关系要用过去分词，这里表示Bob往窗外看，是逻辑上的主谓关系，因此用动词-ing形式作状语。‎ ‎11. 去掉ride。动词不定式省略不当。动词不定式承前省略时，仅保留不定式符号to。‎ ‎12. designing→designed。非谓语动词使用错误。designed for home buildings做定语修饰some new computer programs，它们之间是动宾关系，所以用过去分词。‎ ‎13. corrects→correcting。介词后非谓语动词使用错误，by其后的making mistakes和correcting them.是并列关系，都做介词宾语。‎ ‎14. hear→heard。非谓语使用错误。make oneself heard/seen/understood表示“使某人自己被听见/被看见/被理解”。‎ ‎15. shown前加been。非谓语动词语态错误。外国游客是“被领着参观的”，所以用被动形式。另外若非谓语动词所表示的动作发生在主句谓语动作之前，应用其完成式。‎ 热点3 词性的变化 热点诠释 词性的变化在历年高考中占有举足轻重的作用，焦点集中在：名词、形容词和副词的词性误用上。其考点相对集中，应引起高度注意。‎ 热点一：围绕形容词引起的词性误用 围绕形容词引起的词性误用在短文改错中所占比值最大，主要见于以下情况：‎ ‎1．作表语常用形容词 ‎【典例1】My pronunciation was terribly. I could only speak a few words.‎ 解析：terribly→terrible。很明显，这里应用形容词作表语，与was构成系表结构。‎ 除了be动词后接形容词作表语外，还有下列连系动词考虑使用“系表结构”：‎ 表示“感觉”的系动词：feel, taste, smell, sound, seem, look, appear等; ‎ 表示“变化”的系动词：become, get, turn, grow, go, come, run, fall等；‎ 表示“状态”的系动词：keep, stay, remain, continue等。如：‎ To people who don't know him he probably appears rather unfriendly.‎ 对于不认识他的人来说，他困难看起来很不友善。‎ I fell asleep as soon as my head hit the pillow.‎ 我头一挨着枕头就睡着了。‎ The shops stay open until 9 o' clock.‎ 商店一直营业到九点钟。‎ ‎2．修饰名词作定语常用形容词 ‎【典例2】When we plan our vacation, my mother often offers practically suggestions.‎ 解析：practically→practical。根据语境，这里应用形容词作定语，对修饰的名词起限制作用。‎ 注意possible, present, alive等形容词作定语，一般要后置。如：‎ She is the best poet alive in Japan.‎ 她是当代日本最优秀的诗人。‎ All the guests present were surprised at her sudden decision.‎ 所有在场的客人对她的突然决定感到惊讶。‎ ‎3．形容词可以用于某些动词后边作宾语补足语，对宾语起补充说明作用。这些动词有：make, keep, leave, consider, push, find等。如：‎ Keep the baby warm.‎ 让婴儿保持暖和。‎ The window was left open.‎ 有人让窗户开着。‎ I find Russian grammar very difficult.‎ 我发现俄语语法很难。‎ ‎【典例3】Jane pushed the door opened and went in hurriedly. ‎ 解析：opened→open。push…open意为“把……推开”，open是形容词作宾语补足语，表示“推门”的结果。‎ ‎4．形容词短语还可以作伴随状语或结果状语，位于句首或句末。如：‎ Full of regret, she came into the manager’s office.‎ 内心充满着愧疚，她走进经理办公室。‎ They climbed to the top of the hill at last, tired and hungry. ‎ 他们终于爬到山顶上，又累又饿。‎ ‎【典例1】After his journey from abroad, Richard Jones returned home, exhaustedly.‎ 解析：exhaustedly→exhausted。这里应用形容词exhausted作结果状语。应注意的是，这些状语前边或后边有逗号与句子隔开。‎ ‎【典例2】They stared at the screen of TV, anxiously to know the election result.‎ 解析：anxiously→anxious。同样，这里形容词短语anxious to…作伴随状语。‎ 热点二：围绕副词引起的词性误用 围绕副词引起的词性误用在短文改错中复现率也很高，主要见于以下情况：‎ ‎1．修饰动词应用程度副词。 如：‎ She speaks English very fluently.‎ 她的英语说得很流畅。‎ More easily said than done 说着容易做着难。‎ ‎【典例3】 She looked at me serious and said, "It's bad to tell lies!"‎ 解析：serious→seriously。该句意为：她郑重地看着我说，“说谎不好！”这里修饰动词looked表示当时的神情，应用副词。‎ ‎2．修饰形容词、副词作程度或评注性状语应用副词。 如：‎ He speaks Chinese terribly well.‎ 他汉语说得很好。‎ Naturally their ideas are important to everyone in the country.‎ 自然了，他们的看法对国家里每个人都很重要。‎ ‎【典例4】Two middle-aged passengers fell into the sea. Unfortunate, neither of them could swim.‎ 解析：Unfortunate→Unfortunately。这里应用副词作评注性状语，意为“不幸的是”。该句意为：两位中年乘客落入海中。不幸的是，他们俩人都不会游泳。‎ ‎3．修饰介词短语应用副词。如：‎ I think she is well above sixty.‎ 我想她的年龄远超过六十岁。‎ She is far behind her classmates in writing.‎ 她的写作水平远落后于她的同学们。‎ ‎【典例5】Tom will not be at the picnic, very to the family’s disappointment.‎ 解析：very→much。to one’s disappointment意为“令某人失望的是”，“much to one’s +名词”表示“令某人非常（惊讶、高兴、失望、满意）的是”。这里much to one’s disappointment=to one’s great disappointment。‎ 热点三：围绕名词引起的词性误用 围绕名词引起的词性误用在短文改错中时常出现，常见情况有：‎ ‎1．定冠词之后一般用名词 ‎【典例6】 The great successful of this programme has been largely due to the support of the local businessmen.‎ 解析：successful→success。前边The和great都要求后边用名词作句子的主语。该句意为：该项目的巨大成功很大程度上归功于当地商人们的支持。‎ ‎2．介词之后常用名词或动词-ing形式作宾语 ‎【典例7】I’m afraid you can’t get there other than by swim.‎ 解析：swim→swimming。该句意为：恐怕你除了游过去之外不能到达那里。介词by后接动词-ing形式作宾语。‎ ‎3．某些特定句型该用名词而使用了其它词类。‎ ‎【典例8】It is reported that the United States uses twice as much energetic as the whole of Europe.‎ 解析：energetic→energy。该句意为：据报道，美国消耗的能量是整个欧洲的两倍。as much … as…是原级比较，同时这里energy作动词uses的宾语。‎ ‎【好题调研】‎ ‎1. The population of many Alaskan cities has more than double in the past five years.‎ ‎2. He enjoys a cup of coffee sometimes, but almost he drinks tea.‎ ‎3. These plastic flowers look so naturally that many people think they are real.‎ ‎4. Computers must be of great useful to those doing the scientific research.‎ ‎5. I bought a small round wood table the day before yesterday.‎ ‎6. Nurses are required to look after the sick and wound.‎ ‎7. Do you think the weather is well enough for a picnic?‎ ‎8. Football is not too badly as long as I watch it with my dad!‎ ‎9. Mr. Smith used to smoke heavy but he has given it up.‎ ‎10. Young people may grow quickly in some ways and more slow in others.‎ 答案与解析：‎ ‎1. double→doubled。本题是由于不明白double的用法造成词性误用。结合语境这里应用动词作谓语。‎ ‎2. almost→mostly。本题考查副词词义辨析。almost表示“几乎，差不多”，mostly表示“主要地，多半”。根据句意可知，“有时他喝咖啡，但是，他主要是喝茶”。另外，mostly与sometimes相呼应。‎ ‎3. naturally→natural。本题考查副词的误用。在系动词look之后，要用形容词。这里用so增加了本题的难度。‎ ‎4. useful→use。本题考查形容词的误用。“be of +抽象名词”可以表示名词的同源形容词的意义。如：be of value相当于valuable, be of important相当于importance, be of help相当于helpful。这里be of use相当于useful。‎ ‎5. wood→wooden。这里是名词误用。本句中是多个形容词修饰名词，根据一致原则，都用形容词作定语。‎ ‎6. wound→wounded。这里是动词误用。“the+形容词”表示一类人，the wounded表示“伤员们”。‎ ‎7. well→good。本题考查副词误用。“天气好”要用good, 而well用作形容词时只表示“身体好。‎ ‎8. badly→bad。本题是副词误用。这里用作表语只能用形容词bad。‎ ‎9. heavy→heavily。本题是形容词误用。修饰动词要用副词。smoke heavily烟瘾大。‎ ‎10. slow→slowly。本题是形容词误用。由and连接两个并列副词修饰动词grow，所以用副词slowly。‎ ‎【强化闯关】‎ ‎1. He speaks English well indeed, but of course not as fluent as a native speaker.‎ ‎2. It is general believed that teaching is as much an art as it is a science.‎ ‎3. If it is quite convenience to you, I will visit you next Tuesday.‎ ‎4. Now she was back, eagerly to see her friend.‎ ‎5. When they heard the bad news, they all looked sadly at the master and felt quite sadly.‎ ‎6. John Smith, a successful businessman, has a large white Germany car.‎ ‎7. Everyone was on time for the meeting even Chris, who's usually ten minutes lately for everything.‎ ‎8. Also, the sport teaches us the important of obedience.‎ ‎9. Strange enough some famous scientists have the qualities of being both careful and careless.‎ ‎10. The flower is very beautiful. And it smells pleasantly.‎ ‎11. In traditionally Chinese culture, marriage decisions were often made by parents for their children.‎ ‎12. Tom reached home at last, tiredly and hungry.‎ ‎13. He’d like to sleep with the window wide opened at night.‎ ‎14. If we work with a strong will, we can overcome any difficult, however great it is.‎ ‎15. She smiled to the people around but mostly looked straightly ahead, getting hold of her son’s hand.‎ 答案与解析：‎ ‎1. fluent→fluently。本题是形容词误用。这里是修饰动词speak，要用副词，另外还要和副词well构成平行结构。‎ ‎2. general→generally。形容词误用。修饰动词believed用副词。It is generally believed that….一般认为……。‎ ‎3. convenience→convenient。本题是名词误用。convenience是名词，可是is后用形容词作表语；it is convenient to sb表示“对某人方便的话”。‎ ‎4. eagerly→eager。本题是副词误用。应用形容词短语作状语，表示伴随状况；be eager to do sth渴望做某事。‎ ‎5. sadly→sad。本题是副词误用。在系动词felt后要用形容词。而look由于和at搭配表示动作“看”，不是系动词，所以仍用sadly表示“伤心地看”。‎ ‎6. Germany→German。这里是名词误用。Germany是专有名词，“德国”，German是形容词，“德国的；德国人的”，在本题中要修饰名词应用形容词German。‎ ‎7. lately→late。考查词形相近的副词误用。lately表示“近来，最近”，late表示“迟地，晚地”。句中表示“晚十分钟”，所以改为late。‎ ‎8. important→importance。本题考查特定语境下名词的用法。冠词之后要用名词，importance“重要，重要性”。句意“运动教会我们服从的重要性。”teach后用双宾语结构。‎ ‎9. Strange→Strangely。习惯搭配错误。strangely enough是习惯搭配，意为“奇怪得很“，在句中作状语。‎ ‎10. pleasantly→pleasant。考查系表结构的用法。系动词smell, taste, feel, seem, sound, look等后接形容词作表语。‎ ‎11. traditionally→traditional。本题考查多个形容词修饰名词的用法。也就是“平行结构”，这里形容词traditional作定语，表示传统的中国文化。‎ ‎12. tiredly→tired。本题考查特定语境下形容词的用法。这里是形容词作伴随状语，表示“又累又饿”，同时and连接两个并列成分，后面的形容词hungry也是很好的暗示。‎ ‎13. opened→open。考查形容词在with复合结构中的用法。“with+名词/代词+宾语补足语“构成复合结构，宾语补足语可以是名词、形容词、副词、非谓语动词、介词短语等。本句中形容词open表示状态。‎ ‎14. difficult→difficulty。词类误用。在句中overcome是及物动词，后要用名词做宾语。另外，在本句中however引导让步状语从句，表示“无论……”。‎ ‎15. straightly→straight。这里是副词的误用。straight既可以用作形容词又可作副词，这里意为“径直地；直接地”。‎ 热点4 一致原则 热点诠释 高考短文改错由于不一致造成的错误，涉及的知识点非常多，而且具有很强的隐蔽性，也是高考区分度较高的题型。短文改错中广义上的一致包括以下几种情况：短文中谓语动词的时态与上下文背景应保持一致；谓语动词在人称和数上与主语保持主谓一致；在平行结构中，词性时态等形式须保持前后一致；名词的数须与其修饰语保持一致；代词应在数、格、性 上与上下文保持一致；上下文逻辑一致等。‎ 热点一：并列成分在时态、语态、非谓语、词性等方面应保持一致 并列句并列成分在时态、语态、非谓语等方面保持一致这一热点在历年高考短文改错中复现率达百分之百，是不可忽视的应试重点之一。解题核心在于准确判断并列的成分以及and, so, or ,but的暗示作用。‎ ‎1．并列句谓语动词应保持时态、语态一致。如：‎ ‎【典例1】As we climbed the mountain, we fed monkeys, visiting temples and told stories.‎ 解析：visiting→visited。很明显这是一个并列句，谓语动词应保持时态一致，都采用一般过去时。试比较下列并列句谓语动词的用法：‎ We must start early, for we have a long way to go.‎ 我们必须很早出发，因为我们有很长的路要走。‎ She read for an hour and went to bed.‎ 她读了一个小时然后睡觉了。‎ Mary is interested in music and Jim is fond of sports.‎ 玛丽对音乐感兴趣，吉姆则喜欢体育。‎ I have lots of money, but I don’t enjoy myself very much.‎ 我有很多钱，但我不是很愉快。‎ He never smokes or drinks.‎ 他从不吸烟喝酒。‎ The children can go with us, or they can stay at home.‎ 孩子们可以随我们一起走或者他们呆在家里。‎ ‎2．并列成分应通过语境找到结构一致的标志 ‎【典例2】I am thinking of making a trip to London, and visit the British Museum and some parks.‎ 解析：visit→visiting。这里thinking of有两个宾语，由于of是介词，所以都采用动词-ing形式。‎ ‎【典例3】At weekends, we would play basketball, swimming in the pool or go for a picnic.‎ 解析：swimming→swim。这里情态动词would后有三个并列谓语动词，同时受would的影响，采用动词原形。‎ 热点二：主谓不一致错误 主谓一致是指句子的主语和谓语在人称和数上须保持一致。主谓一致常遵循三个原则：‎ 一、语法一致原则 语法一致原则即：主语为单数形式，谓语动词用单数形式；主语为复数形式，谓语动词为复数形式。如：‎ I often help him and he often helps me. ‎ 我经常帮助他，他也常帮助我。‎ Two students are waiting for you in the office. ‎ 两个学生正在办公室等你。‎ 二、意义一致原则 意义一致原则即：不论主语是单数还是复数，主语的意义决定了谓语形式的单复数。意义一致主要见于以下情况：‎ ‎1．某些集体名词作主语，强调整体时谓语用单数；强调成员时谓语用复数形式。这些名词有：family, team, audience, class, club, company, crew, crowd, group, government, party, public, staff等。如：‎ My family is a big and happy one. ‎ 我的家庭是个大而幸福的家庭。‎ The football team are having breakfast now.‎ 足球队员们正在吃早餐。‎ ‎2．all, some, half, most, the rest, what从句，分数，百分数等作主语，谓语动词根据实际表达的意义即中心词的单复数来确定。如：‎ Most of the money has been wasted.‎ 大部分钱被浪费掉了。‎ Some of the pigeons have been missing.‎ 一些鸽子一直失踪了。‎ Three-fourths of the workers in the factory are women.‎ 这家工厂四分之三的工人是女工。‎ What we really need is more time.‎ 我们真正需要的是更多时间。‎ What we really need are doctors.‎ 我们真正需要的是医生。‎ ‎3．有些集体名词作主语，谓语总是用复数形式。这些名词有：people, police, youth, cattle等。如：‎ The police say they have caught the thieves.‎ 警察说他们已经抓到小偷。‎ The cattle were driven away from the hill.‎ 牛群被从山上赶走了。‎ ‎4．compasses(圆规)，scissors(剪刀)，glasses(眼镜)等名词作主语时，谓语用复数。但这些词与pair of, suit of等连用，谓语动词的单、复数形式取决于pair等词的单、复数形式。如：‎ The scissors are so sharp that I like them.‎ 剪刀很锋利我很喜欢。‎ This pair of trousers is too tight for me. ‎ 这条裤子我穿太紧了。‎ ‎5．and, both…and…连接并列主语时，谓语用复数，但and连接的主语表示同一个人、同一件物品、同一个概念时，谓语用单数形式。如：‎ His idea and mine are quite different.‎ 他的看法和我的看法大不相同。‎ The writer and teacher is speaking at the meeting. ‎ 那位作家兼教师正在会上发言。‎ A cart and horse was seen at the distance.‎ 远处看见一辆马车。‎ A knife and fork is needed for a western meal.‎ 西餐需要餐叉。‎ ‎6．两个单数名词分别被every, each, no, many a, more than one等修饰作主语时，谓语动词须用单数形式。如：‎ Each boy and each girl wants to help the old man.‎ 每个男生和女生都想帮助那位老人。‎ Many a student was deeply moved by the teacher’s words.‎ 许多学生被老师的话深深打动了。‎ ‎7．主语后面跟with, together with, along with, but ,except, like , in addition to, including, besides等引起的短语，谓语动词与前边的主语保持一致。如：‎ Mr Robbins, together with his wife and children, is leaving London for Paris.‎ 罗宾斯先生还有他的妻子和孩子们正要动身到巴黎去。 ‎ No one except my parents knows anything about it.‎ 除了我父母几乎没有人知道这件事情。‎ ‎8．“the＋形容词（包括分词）”作主语表示一类人时，谓语动词常用复数形式。若指个别或抽象的概念时，谓语动词用单数。如：‎ The young are more active than the old in the work. ‎ 工作中年轻人总是比年纪大的活跃些。‎ The injured in the accident is an engineer.　　　　 ‎ 事故中受伤的人是位工程师。‎ The beautiful attracts all the tourists.　‎ 优美的景色吸引所有的游客。‎ ‎9．国名、人名、报纸名、书名、学科名等专有名词虽以-s结尾，形式上是复数，但谓语动词常用单数。如：‎ The United States is a developed country.‎ 美国是个发达国家。‎ Maths is of great importance to middle school students. ‎ 数学对于中学生很重要。‎ ‎10．表示度量、距离、金额、时间等名词作主语时，往往被看作一个整体，谓语动词用单数形式。如：‎ Two hours is enough for me to finish the work. ‎ 完成这件工作两小时足够了。 ‎ Two hundred dollars gives Jack much help.‎ 二百元钱给予杰克很大帮助。‎ ‎11．动词-ing形式、不定式短语或和从句作主语，谓语动词用单数形式。如：‎ To learn a foreign language is not so difficult as you think.　 ‎ 学习外语不像你想的那么难。‎ Smoking is bad for health.　 ‎ 吸烟有害于健康。 ‎ That he has won the game is known to us all.‎ 他赢得这场比赛已经众所周知。‎ ‎12．关系代词which, who, that在定语从句中作主语时，其谓语动词的数应与其前的先行词的数保持一致。如： ‎ Those who want to go outing should sign your names here. ‎ 想去郊游的人到这里签名。‎ He is one of the students who are good at maths.　　‎ 他是擅长数学的学生之一。‎ He is the only one of the children who often speaks ill of others behind their backs.　‎ ‎13．由 some, any, every, no 构成的复合词( somebody, nobody, everything, anything 等)作主语时，谓语动词用单数，如：‎ Somebody is waiting for you at the school gate.‎ 有人在学校门口等你。‎ Everyone is trying his best to make the city more beautiful. ‎ 大家都在努力使这个城市更加漂亮。‎ 三、就近一致原则 ‎1．there和here引起的倒装句中，主语又不止一个，谓语通常和最邻近的那个主语一致。如：‎ Here is a pen, a few envelopes and some paper for you.‎ 这里有给你的钢笔、几个信封和一些纸。‎ ‎2．either…or…, neither…nor…, not only…but also…, not…but…., or等并列连词连接并列主语时，谓语通常和最邻近的主语一致。如：‎ Either you or I am to do the work.　‎ 要么你要么我去干这件工作。 ‎ Neither his parents nor his teacher is able to persuade him to change his mind.‎ 他的父母和他的老师都不能说服他改变主意。‎ ‎【典例4】Do you want to join the Stamp Collectors’ Club which exist to add more stamps to your collection?‎ 解析：exist→exists。定语从句谓语动词应与先行词the Stamp Collectors’ Club一致，单数概念。这里考查“语法一致”原则的运用。‎ ‎【典例5】Ten years are a short time in a person’s life.‎ 解析：are→is。表示时间、距离、金钱的名词作主语，遵循“意义一致”的原则，谓语常用单数形式。‎ ‎【典例6】Either your students or Mr. Wang know about the answer to this question.‎ 解析： know→knows。either...or, neither...nor, not only...but also...等连接的并列主语，谓语动词与靠近它的主语一致，即遵循“就近一致”原则。‎ 热点三：代词指代概念前后一致性 代词替代概念前后一致性往往比较隐蔽，“杀伤力”强，防不胜防，考点主要集中在：‎ ‎1．代词的数、形、格前后一致 ‎【典例7】What is more, you have to be friends with your pupils and take good care of him.‎ 解析：him→them。前后替代内容一致，但代词逻辑不对，应用them代替上文的your pupils。‎ ‎2．one(s), that, those等代词前后一致性 ‎【典例8】 Clothing made of man-made fibres has certain advantages over one made of natural fibres like cotton ,wool or silk. ‎ 解析：one→that。这里是两种服装比较，对象应一致，但clothing是不可数名词，应用that代词，one只能代替单数可数名词。‎ ‎3．it用法错误导致前后不一致 ‎【典例9】I was disappointed with the film. I had expected them to be much better 解析：them→it。前后不一致，这里指上文提到的the film，是同一概念，单数意义。 ‎ it的典型用法有：‎ ‎⑴It用作非人称代词，表示时间、季节、天气、距离等。如：‎ It is nine o’clock in the evening. ‎ 现在是晚上九点钟。‎ It is a half hour’s walk to the Beijing Hotel. ‎ 到北京饭店要走半个小时。‎ It was very cold; it snowed and grew dark. ‎ 天气很冷。天下着雪，渐渐地变黑了。‎ ‎⑵It用作人称代词，代替前面提到过的事物。如： ‎ You have saved my life; I’ll never forget it. ‎ 你救了我的命，我永生不忘。‎ I love swimming. It keeps me fit. ‎ 我喜欢游泳，它能使我保持健康。‎ ‎⑶It用以代替指示代词this, that。如：‎ ‎---What’s this? ‎ 这是什么？‎ ‎--- It’s a pen. ‎ 是一支钢笔。‎ ‎⑷指示代词it，常用于特定语境中，指人。如：‎ Go and see who it is. ‎ 去看看是谁。‎ ‎--- Who is making such a noise?‎ 是谁发出这样的吵闹声？‎ ‎--- It must be the children.‎ 一定是孩子们。‎ ‎⑸It用作形式主语或宾语，代替真正的不定式、动名词或从句。如：‎ It is difficult to translate this article. ‎ 翻译这篇文章很难。‎ It is no use going there so early. ‎ 这么早去那里没有用。‎ It is strange that he did not come at all.‎ 真奇怪，他竟还没来。‎ I thought it a pity that he didn't pass the examination.‎ 我认为他考试不及格真是遗憾。‎ We found it necessary to tell her the truth.‎ 我们发现很有必要把真相告诉她。‎ ‎⑹It还可以用于以下特殊句型中：‎ It seems that John is not coming after all.‎ 似乎约翰终竟不来。‎ It looks as if the college is very small. ‎ 看起来这个学院很小。‎ ‎【好题调研】‎ ‎1. There are so many VCDs that I don’t know what to buy.‎ ‎2. She is the only one among the women writers who write stories for children.‎ ‎3. At first I was not quite willing to sit down and watched the 90-minute football match.‎ ‎4. Is not only you but also he going to Beijing?‎ ‎5. If I listen to my own records, there are no need to spend money.‎ ‎6. Mr Green gave the textbooks to all the pupils except those who had already taken it.‎ ‎7. Every boy and every girl in our country receive free education.‎ ‎8. Miss Wang teaches us maths. He is our favorite teacher.‎ ‎9. He walked quickly and quietly towards the door.‎ ‎10. That Sunday, I finished my homework, went to the stadium and watch an exciting football match.‎ 解析：‎ ‎1. what→which。替代对象不一致。what是用在没有所指的情况下，which是指一定范围内对象中“哪一个”。‎ ‎2. write→writes。定语从句中谓语动词要和先行词保持一致，本句中先行词是the only one。例如：They are people who are from England。‎ ‎3. watched→watch。并列结构形式不一致。and连接两个并列结构，watch和sit down一起做be willing to 后的成分。‎ ‎4. Is→Are。违背主谓一致原则。这里应遵循“就近一致”原则，邻近的主语是you ‎，因此谓语动词要用are。‎ ‎5. are→is。There be…句型主谓不一致。There is no need to do sth没有必要做某事。‎ ‎6. it→them。代词前后不一致。前文提到textbooks，后面用来代替它，用复数形式。‎ ‎7. receive→receives。违背主谓一致原则。every...and every...作主语时，谓语动词仍用单数形式。‎ ‎8. He→She。考查上下文一致关系。Miss Green与she是一致关系。‎ ‎9. and→but。quickly和quietly在句子中意义上存在转折关系。‎ ‎10. watch→watched。此处and连接过去发生的三个连续的动作，时态应一致。‎ ‎【强化闯关】‎ ‎1. The country life he was used to have changed greatly since 1992.‎ ‎2. Linda, there’s somebody knocking at the door. Go and see who he is. ‎ ‎3. He had many photos taken during the holidays and showed it to me.‎ ‎4. Two-thirds of the work have been finished up to now.‎ ‎5. My family was having supper when suddenly the bell rang.‎ ‎6. It was raining hard, besides, the peasants went on with their work.‎ ‎7. Not only the students but also the teacher were surprised when he came out first in the exam.‎ ‎8. I want to buy the jacket, and I have not enough money with me.‎ ‎9. The old man picked up the rubbish and threw them into the dustbin.‎ ‎10. He spoke quietly and firmly and we were all greatly encouraged by his words.‎ ‎11. Earning their own money allow them to spend on anything if they please.‎ ‎12. And every year more and more people start a stamp collection of your own.‎ ‎13. The wrong you’ve done him is so terrible, for whom you should make an apology to him, I think.‎ ‎14. They were surprised that a child could work out the problem and they themselves couldn’t.‎ ‎15. With the help of the new equipment, our factories produced twice as much VCD players in 2000 as the year before.‎ 解析：‎ ‎1. have→has。意群理解错误造成主谓不一致。这是一个含有定语从句的主从复合句，he was used to是定语从句修饰The country life，谓语动词仍用单数。‎ ‎2. he→it。不定代词使用错误。当开门或者接电话时，不知道对方是谁，常用it作答；另外，对于婴儿，其性别也不需要强调，用it。‎ ‎3. it→them。句中代词指代的是前面的名词photos，复数概念，又作宾语。‎ ‎4. have→has。分数作主语时，谓语动词需根据后边中心名词的单复数来确定，这里work是不可数名词，自然谓语用单数形式。‎ ‎5. was→were。my family指全家人，根据“意义一致”原则，谓语动词用复数，若指“家庭”这一整体就用单数。‎ ‎6. besides→however。前后句逻辑不一致。根据上下文这里不是包含关系，而是转折关系。‎ ‎7. were→was。not only...but also...连接两个主语时遵循“就近一致”原则，此处谓语动词的数应与the teacher一致。‎ ‎8. and→but。连词使用错误。句子是前后转折关系。‎ ‎9. them→it。由于名词单复数引起的代词单复数错误。rubbish是不可数名词，单数概念。‎ ‎10. and→but。此处quietly和firmly构成的是转折关系。‎ ‎ 11. allow→allows。非谓语动词及从句作主语，谓语动词要用单数，注意：what引导主语从句时，要根据上下文确定谓语的单复数。‎ ‎12. your→their。前后一致原则。of one’s own属于自己的。one’s和上文的people呼应，复数概念。‎ ‎13. whom→which。定语从句关系词与先行词不一致。本句是非限制性定语从句，修饰整个句子，表示“物”的概念，应用which；另外，make an apology to sb. for sth. 是固定搭配。‎ ‎14. and→while。前后句逻辑不一致。while强调上下文的一种对比关系，意为“但是；然而”。‎ ‎15. much→many。名词与前边修饰语不一致。players是可数名词复数形式，根据前后一致原则，用many 修饰，much则修饰不可数名词。‎ 热点5 从句的考查 热点诠释 高考英语短文改错题中对从句的考查所占比值不大，但复现率达100%，其重要性可见一斑。从句的考查包括定语从句、名词性从句和状语从句，主要属于句子逻辑层次，难度大，要求高，难怪考生失分多。但归结起来，命题热点集中如下：‎ 热点一：对定语从句的考查 ‎1．考查关系代词that, which和as的用法区别 ‎⑴下列情况下只能使用关系代词that：‎ 先行词既为人又为物时；‎ 先行词是all, little或被all, little, very, only等修饰时；‎ 先行词被序数词或形容词最高级修饰时；‎ 当主句是以who, which或what开头的特殊疑问句时；‎ 先行词在从句作表语或方式状语时。‎ They talked about the teachers and schools that they had visited.‎ 他们谈论了他们采访过的老师和学校。‎ I’ve read all the books that can be borrowed here.‎ 我已经阅读完所有这里能借的书籍。‎ She is the most careful girl that I’ve ever known.‎ 她是我所知道的最细心的女孩。‎ Who is the man that is waiting at the bus stop?‎ 正在汽车站等待的那个人是谁？‎ He is no longer the man that he used to be.‎ 他不再是过去的那个人了。‎ ‎⑵下列情况下只能使用关系代词which：‎ 引导非限制性定语从句并作主语、宾语时；‎ 用于“介词+关系代词”结构时。‎ The house, which we bought last month, is very nice.‎ 这幢房子很漂亮，是我们上个月买的。‎ Things then greatly changed, which surprised us. ‎ 那时事情巨变，使我们惊讶。‎ Do you remember the day on which you joined our club? ‎ 还记得你加入我们俱乐部的那一天吗？‎ ‎⑶下列情况下只能使用关系代词as：‎ 用于such…as, the same…as限制性定语从句中；‎ 引导非限制性定语从句，表示“正如……”概念，位于主句前、中、后。‎ This is the same sum as was spent in that year on private motoring.‎ 这与那年用于私人汽车所花的费用相同。 ‎ As we know, smoking is harmful to one's health. ‎ 如我们所知，吸烟有害健康。‎ He was strongly against the plan，as could be expected．‎ 正如所料，他强烈反对这项计划。‎ ‎【典例1】Henry Royce did not like his car, that ran badly and often broke down.‎ 解析：that→which。that不能引导非限制性定语从句，这一考点在考试中出现几率很大。‎ ‎【典例2】There are more and more people enjoy living in the city. ‎ 解析：enjoy前加who或者enjoy→enjoying。原句出现两个谓语动词，属于句法错误，因此把后一个改为定语从句或动词-ing形式作定语。‎ ‎2．考查定语从句关系代词和关系副词的区分 定语从句的先行词是表示时间、地点、原因的名词时，关系词并不一定用when, where, why。关键在于弄清楚这些名词在定语从句中充当主语/宾语还是状语。如：‎ ‎⑴我将永远不会忘记和你一起度过的日子。‎ 误：I shall never forget the days when I spent with you. ‎ 正：I shall never forget the days which/that I spent with you.‎ 析：关系副词when在定语从句中作状语，不能作动词spend的宾语。‎ ‎⑵这是我的老师曾经居住过的房间。‎ 误：This is the room where my teacher once lived in.‎ 正：This is the room which/that my teacher once lived in.‎ 正：This is the room where my teacher once lived.‎ 析：关系副词where在从句中作状语，意思是in the room，它不能作介词in的宾语，所以应把where改为关系代词which或that来做in的宾语，或把介词in去掉。‎ ‎⑶这就是能够解释事故发生的理由吗？‎ 误：Is this the reason why explained how the accident happened?‎ 正：Is this the reason that/which explained how the accident happened?‎ 析：先行词是reason时，定语从句的引导词用关系代词还是关系副词why取决于该先行词在从句中充当主语/宾语还是原因状语。这里先行词the reason在从句中作主语。‎ ‎【典例3】Is this the reason why he gave for being late yesterday?‎ 解析：why→which或者去掉why。从句谓语是及物动词gave，后边缺少宾语而表不是原因状语。‎ ‎3．考查定语从句主谓一致 关系代词作主语，谓语动词应与先行词保持人称和数的一致。如：‎ Those who want to see the film put up their hands.‎ 想看电影的人，请举手。‎ This is the only one of the buildings that was built last year.‎ 这是唯一去年盖起来的建筑。‎ ‎【典例4】She is one of the few students who has passed the maths test. ‎ 解析：has→have。这里定语从句的先行词是the few students而不是one，所以从句谓语用复数形式。‎ 热点二：对状语从句的考查 ‎1．考查状语从句易混连接词的区别 ‎【典例5】I was about to go to bed while there was a knock at the door.‎ 解析：while→when。这是be about to do…when…句型，表示一件事情正在进行这时发生了另一件意外事情。‎ when, while, as的用法区别如下：‎ ‎⑴when 的用法：‎ ‎①表示时间，“当……时候”，从句既可用延续性动词，又可以用瞬间动词。如：‎ It happened when I was living in the country.‎ 这事发生在我住在农村的时候。‎ When he got to school, he found his school bad misssing.‎ 他到学校时发现他的书包不见了。‎ ‎②when 作并列连词，表示一个动作在发生时，另一个动作接着发生，多用于be doing/be going to do /be aboutto do…when…句型中。如： ‎ I was walking along the stream when I met my teacher of English.‎ 当我沿着小溪散步时遇到了英语老师。‎ ‎③用于hardly…when…句型表示“一……就”。如：‎ Hardly had I got there when the telephone rang.‎ 我刚一到那里电话就响了。‎ ‎⑵while的用法：‎ ‎①while表示时间，从句需用延续性动词，不用瞬间动词，强调“在……期间”。如：‎ The telephone rang while I was in the garden.‎ 我在花园里的时候电话铃响了。‎ Work while you work, play while you play.‎ 工作时就工作，玩耍时就玩耍。‎ ‎②while 作并列连词，表示两种情况对比。如：‎ Some men are rich while others are poor.‎ 有人富，（而）有人穷。‎ He was not able to hatch chickens while the hen could.‎ 母鸡能孵出小鸡来，而他却不能。‎ ‎⑶as的用法：‎ as 表示时间，与when 相似，但侧重强调主、从句动作同点或同段进行。如：‎ He dropped the glass as he stood up.‎ 他站起来是把杯子弄掉了。‎ As time went on, her hair became gray.‎ 随着时间流逝，她的头发变白了。‎ ‎2．考查易混句型中连词的区别 ‎【典例6】It was three days when the missing boy was found in a cave. ‎ 解析：when→before。结合语境，“It be…when…”句型中，when前边是时间点，因此应考虑运用“It was+时间段+when…”句型。该句意为：过了三天失踪的孩子才被找到。‎ ‎“It be…从句”句型用法比较：‎ ‎⑴It be…that…句型 这是强调句型，其最大的特点是去掉“It is…that…”后，原句意义和结构仍然保持完整。被强调部分可以是主语、宾语、表语、状语等。如：‎ It was with great joy that he received the news.‎ 他是很高兴地得知这则消息。‎ It was on Monday night that all this happened．‎ 所有这一切发生在周一晚上。‎ ‎⑵It be…before…句型 before引导的时间状语从句，意为“过……（时间）才”。其特点是before前边是时间段，主句用一般过去时或一般将来时。如：‎ It was two hours before we reached the little town.‎ 过了两小时我们才到那个小镇。‎ It won’t be long before the final results are made known.‎ 用不了多久最终的结果就公布与众了。‎ ‎⑶It be…when…句型 when引导时间状语从句，when前边用时间点。如：‎ It was 4:33 am when Shenzhou VI landed safely in Inner Mongolia.‎ 早上4:33神舟六号安全地降落在内蒙古。‎ ‎⑷It is…since…句型 since引导时间状语从句，since前是时间段，后边的从句常用一般过去时。如：‎ It is exactly five years since her father passed away.‎ 她父亲去世已经正好五年了。‎ It is three weeks since she lived here. ‎ 她不在这里居住有三周了。‎ ‎3．主句是祈使句或一般将来时，状语从句常用一般现在时代替 ‎【典例7】I won’t forgive you unless you will apologize to me.‎ 解析：去掉will。主句是一般将来时或祈使句uo ，unless, if, when, as soon as, before等引导的状语从句常用一般现在时代替。再如：‎ Once you show any fear, he will attack you.‎ 一旦你表现出害怕，他就会攻击你。‎ It will be five months before he returns from England.‎ 再过五个月他要从英国回来。‎ You won’t lose your weight unless you eat less and exercise more.‎ 你不会减肥的除非你少吃多锻炼。‎ 热点三：对名词性从句的考查 ‎1．考查名词性从句的用法，尤其是that, what, whether的用法 that是连词，只起连接作用，不作句子成分。注意that引导宾语从句时可以省略，其它情况一般都不能省略。‎ what是连接代词，既起连接作用，又充当句子的主语、宾语、表语等。‎ whether是连词，表示不确定的信息，意为“是否”。whether只起连接作用，不作句子成分。‎ The trouble is that we are short of money.‎ 麻烦是我们缺钱。‎ Mr. Smith came out to see what was happening.‎ 史密斯先生出来看看发生了什么事。‎ The question is whether you can do the work well.‎ 问题是你能否做好这项工作。‎ ‎【典例8】Maria has to baby-sit. That’s because she can’t come out with us.‎ 解析：because→why。根据前后句意思，这里应用That’s why…表示“那正是……的原因”。‎ ‎【典例9】The fact she works hard is well known to us all.‎ 解析：fact后加that。这里fact后面的同位语从句缺少连接词，但不缺少句子成分，因此用that。‎ ‎2．考查名词性从句的时态 ‎⑴当主句的动词为现在和将来时态时，名词性从句中的动作根据所发生的时间来定，可以有各种时态；当主句的动词为过去时态时，从句中的动作一般都要使用相应的过去时，除非表示客观真理。如：‎ Hello, I didn’t know you were in London. How long have you been here?‎ 喂，我不知道你在伦敦。来多久了？‎ He told us he would go to Japan the next month.‎ 他告诉我们他下个月要到日本去。‎ The teacher told us that light travels at a very high speed.‎ 老师告诉我们光的传播速度很快。‎ ‎⑵在动词 suggest, order, demand, request, desire, insist, require, decide, determine, advise, recommend后需用 should 型的虚拟语气。如：‎ He suggested that we (should) hold another meeting to discuss the problem.‎ 他建议我们再召开个会议讨论这个问题。‎ I insist that he(should) be sent to the nearest hospital as soon as possible.‎ 我坚持认为他应该被尽快送往最近的医院。‎ ‎⑶在 suggestion, proposal, idea, plan, order, advice 等名词后面的表语从句、同位语从句中要用虚拟语气，即（should）+动词原形。如：‎ My idea is that we (should) get more people to attend the conference. ‎ 我的意见是我们应该让更多的人参加这个会议。‎ I make a proposal that we (should) hold a meeting next week.‎ 我提议我们下周举行个会议。‎ ‎⑷I wish…后边的宾语从句常用虚拟语气。如：‎ I wish it were spring all the year round.‎ 我希望一年到头都是春天。‎ I wish I had known the answer.‎ 我希望已知道答案。‎ I wish I could fly like a bird. ‎ 我希望我能像鸟一样飞翔。‎ ‎⑸其它一些常用句型也使用虚拟语气。如：‎ I would rather you paid the money yourself.‎ 我倒宁愿你自己付这笔钱。‎ It is time that you went to school.‎ 你该去上学了。‎ It is desired that we should get everything ready tonight.‎ 希望我们今晚把一切准备就绪。‎ It is strange that you should know about the whole thing. ‎ 真奇怪，你知道整个事情。‎ It looks as if she were sick.‎ 看起来好像她生病了。‎ ‎【典例10】The headmaster made a suggestion that the sports meet was put off until next Sunday.‎ 解析：was→be。make a suggestion表示“提出建议”，用法同suggest一样，后接的从句用虚拟语气，即谓语用“（should）+动词原形”。‎ ‎【好题调研】‎ ‎1. If we’ll go camping tomorrow depends on the weather.‎ ‎2. Father made a promise if I passed the examination he would buy me a new dictionary.‎ ‎3. Please tell me when you would like to have your coffee—black or white?‎ ‎4. Last night we went to Ann’s party, that we enjoyed very much.‎ ‎5. None of us knew what had happened though they told us about it.‎ ‎6. The man you just talked to him was a friend of mine.‎ ‎7. This is known to all that WTO stands for World Trade Organization.‎ ‎8. Having been told many times, but he still couldn’t understand it.‎ ‎9. It was not until his mother came in when the boy began to prepare his lessons.‎ ‎10. It’s not yet clear whom of those will be chosen to do the job.‎ 答案与解析：‎ ‎1. If→Whether。主语从句连接词误用。if和whether都表示“是否”，但下列情况只能用whether：引导主语从句、表语从句、同位语从句时；与不定式连用时；位于介词之后等。‎ ‎2. if前加that。连词使用错误。that引导同位语从句时，不能省略；同时，从句含有一个if引导的宾语从句。‎ ‎3. when→how。宾语从句连接词使用错误。根据句意，“你想怎样喝你的咖啡，浓咖啡还是牛奶咖啡？”可知是询问引用牛奶的方式，而不是时间。‎ ‎4. that→which。that不能引导非限制性定语从句，这一考点在考试中出现几率很大，本句就属于这一错误。‎ ‎5. though→unless。状语从句连接词使用错误，根据句意“如果你不告诉我们，将没有人知道发生了什么事？”，unless表示“除非……，如果……不”。‎ ‎6. 去掉him。省略关系词引起的定语从句使用错误。本句中定语从句you just talked to前边省略了关系代词that/which，所以后面的him是多余的，应该省去。‎ ‎7. This→It。主语从句替代词使用的错误。that WTO stands for World Trade Organization.是句子的真正主语，放在句子的后面，因此，用It做形式主语来代替。‎ ‎8. 去掉but。连词使用错误。判断本句是一个简单句，前面Having been told many times作状语，因此后边必须是完整的句子，而but连接并列句，是多余的，应去掉。‎ ‎9. when→that。本句是一个强调句。强调句句型结构是“It’s+被强调部分+that+其它”，因此这里用that。另外，本句是含有not ……until的强调句，用于此句型时，not要提前，构成“It’s not until…that…”形式。‎ ‎10. whom→which。连接词使用错误。句意是“还不清楚，他们中的哪一个将被推选来做这个工作”，可知，which表示特定范围中“哪一个”。‎ ‎【强化闯关】‎ ‎1. Hardly had he arrived in Hong Kong than she rang me up.‎ ‎2. We know little about the young lady except that you told me.‎ ‎3. I have read the novel twice which you are talking about it.‎ ‎4. You should make it a rule to leave things you can find them again.‎ ‎5. Recently I bought an ancient Chinese vase, its price was very reasonable.‎ ‎6. The reason is because he is unable to operate the machine.‎ ‎7. She has two shirts. Both of which were bought last month.‎ ‎8. That was really a splendid evening. It’s years when I enjoyed myself so much.‎ ‎9. After months of research there was little hope which the lost car might be found.‎ ‎10. Although he is considered a great writer, but his works are not widely read.‎ ‎11. It has already been pointed out, grammar is not a set of dead rules.‎ ‎12. Try as he does, but he never seems able to do the work beautifully.‎ ‎13. English and French are taught here. You can choose whatever you like.‎ ‎14. John may phone tonight. I don’t want to go out in case of he phones.‎ ‎15. He is such a good teacher that we all love and respect.‎ 答案与解析：‎ ‎1. than→when。固定搭配错误。“Hardly… when..”和“No sooner…than…”为固定搭配，表示“刚一……就”，注意表示此用法时when和than前要用过去完成时，后要用一般过去时；此外，hardly和no sooner位于句首时，句子要用部分倒装，如本句，把had提到主语前。‎ ‎2. that→what。连词使用错误。用在介词except后引导从句，并且在从句中充当told的直接宾语的，就是what，that可以引导宾语从句，但是只起一个连接作用，不在从句中充当任何成分。‎ ‎3. 去掉it。定语从句表达错误。从句出现it和代替先行词the novel的which，成分重叠，所以应该省去。做定语从句时一定要注意，这种成分重叠现象。‎ ‎4. things后加where。地点状语误用。句中是一个表示地点的状语从句，误用作一个定语从句。‎ ‎5. its→whose。定语从句判断错误。本句是一个含有定语从句的主从复合句，先行词在从句中充当定语，无论先行词是人还是物，从句都用whose，或of which。例如：The book whose cover (the cover of which/of which the cover) is white belongs to me.‎ ‎6. because→that。连词使用错误。the reason 后的表语从句用that，其后的定语从句一般用why,句型结构是“The reason why...is that...”表示“……的原因是……”。‎ ‎7. which→them。连词使用错误。She has two shirts后用句号，表示前后为两个句子，不能用Both of which连接定语从句这一结构，所以用them表示前后是独立的。‎ ‎8. when→since。连接副词的使用错误。这是It is…since….句型，句意为“自从我痛快的玩过之后已是数天。”。‎ ‎9. which→that。定语从句连接词使用错误。当先行词前有only, any, few, little, no, all, none of, the very等词修饰时，引导词只能用that。‎ ‎10. 去掉but。连词使用错误。当表示“虽然，但是”这一概念时，although和but不能连用，二者只能选用其一。‎ ‎11. It→As。定语从句关系代词使用错误。我们知道定语从句位于句首时，引导词要用as，这里As的先行词是整个主句，同时As充当从句的主语。‎ ‎12. 去掉but。连词使用错误。句中有as引导的引导状语从句，若再用but，则造成句法混乱。另外as引导让步状语从句时，从句要用部分倒装。注意做表语的名词提前时，a/an常被省去。如：Child as he is, he knows a lot.‎ ‎13. whatever→whichever。连词使用错误。根据句意，前句给了一个选择的范围，后句表达可以选择任何一个，所以whatever改为whichever。‎ ‎14. 去掉of。连词词组使用错误。in case of“万一”，其后要用名词，如果接从句的话则要用in case。‎ ‎15. that→as或者respect后加him。we all love and respect缺少宾语，用定语从句表达的话，要用as，构成such…as…句型。such/so…that…句型的特点是that后边的从句不缺少成分，因此还可以在respect后加him。‎ 难点闯关 难点 1 句子累赘造成的错误 难点诠释 句子累赘造成的错误几乎在每年的高考短文改错中都会出现，而且隐蔽性较强，因此容易导致丢分。累赘词往往出现在考生认为合理的地方，动词、名词、代词、副词、介词是高考短文改错必考点，应引起足够重视。‎ 难点一：修饰语累赘错误 修饰语累赘错误在高考短文改错中复现率百分之百，常见考点有：‎ ‎1．比较级前多余使用more或less ‎【典例1】A new building has been put up in our school, which is more higher than the old one.‎ 解析：去掉more或more→much。higher本身就是比较级，故前面不能再出现more，但可以用much来加强语气。再如：‎ Mary is much older than Judy.‎ 玛丽比朱迪年纪大得多。‎ There are more students in this school than in that school.‎ 这个学校学生比那个学校多很多。‎ It is even colder today than yesterday. ‎ 今天比昨天冷得多。‎ ‎2．形容词或副词前多个修饰语语义重叠 ‎【典例2】The station is five miles far away from here, so you should take a taxi or a bus.‎ 解析：去掉far。five miles是具体概念的“遥远”，与后面far笼统概念的“远”，意义矛盾。‎ ‎3．受汉语影响添加不必要的单词 ‎【典例3】I liked football and it used to be my most favorite sport.‎ 解析：去掉most。favorite本身就是“最喜欢的”意思，加上most也是汉式思维所致。再如：‎ ‎【典例4】误：This is your first time visit to the USA, isn’t it?‎ 正：This is your first visit to the USA, isn’t it?‎ 解析：first本身就是序数词，“第一次”，因此后边所用的time是多余的。‎ 难点二：介词累赘错误 介词累赘错误在短文改错中并不罕见，而考点相对集中在：‎ ‎1．一些特殊名词结构前边要省略介词而没有省略 ‎【典例5】In fact, they are planning to visit China in next year.‎ 解析：去掉in。this, that, next, last后接时间名词时，前边要省略介词。再如：‎ What did you do last Friday morning?‎ 上周五上午你干些什么？‎ ‎2．一些及物动词受汉语意思影响后边加上本不必要的介词 ‎【典例6】He didn’t marry with a nurse until he was thirty.‎ 解析：去掉with。marry, enter, serve等动词都是及物动词，直接跟宾语，但容易受汉语意思影响分别加上多余的介词with, into, for。如：‎ Her dream to enter the famous university came true.‎ 她进入名大学的愿望实现了。‎ We should serve the people heart and soul.‎ 我们已经全心全意为人们服务。‎ ‎2．一些名词短语直接用作连词后接从句，这时前边省略介词 ‎【典例7】In fact, at the last time I saw her, she was playing with her friends near the river. ‎ 解析：去掉at。该句意为：事实上，上次我看到她时，她正在河边和朋友们一起玩。可以直接用作连词后接从句的名词短语有：the minute，the instant，the second，the moment表示“一……就”，the first／last time；each／every time，next time表示“最后一次/第一次/上次……的时候”。再如：‎ I started the moment I got your letter.‎ 我一收到你的信就出发了。‎ Every time I meet her she wears an innocent smile.‎ 每次我见到她，她都露出天真的微笑。‎ 难点三：多余使用冠词引起的累赘错误 多余使用冠词引起的累赘错误在短文改错中十分普遍，考点主要集中在三个方面：‎ ‎1．由于忽略不可数名词的用法多余使用冠词 ‎【典例8】What a terrible weather we’ve been having these days!‎ 解析：去掉a。weather, news, advice, progress, information等名词都是不可数名词，前边不能用不定冠词，也没有复数形式。如：‎ You have made progress with your English.‎ 你的英语已经取得了进步。‎ Our school has been given some new equipment.‎ 我们学校被提供一些新设施。‎ The police haven't got enough information to catch the suspected.‎ 警方还没有足够的信息抓住那个嫌疑犯。‎ ‎2．表示泛指的名词前边往往省略定冠词，除非是特指才用the ‎【典例9】I told the boy not to write silly things in the public places.‎ 解析：去掉第二个the。public places属于泛指，意为“公共场所”。再如：‎ It is often said that teachers have a very easy life.‎ 常说教师的日子轻松。‎ When he left college, he got a job as reporter in a newspaper office.‎ 他大学毕业时，在一家报社当上一名记者。‎ Tom owns a larger collection of stamps than any other student in our class.‎ 汤姆拥有的邮票比他们班级其他同学都多。‎ ‎3．一些固定搭配中往往省略冠词 ‎【典例10】Suddenly, I caught a sight of my English teacher in the crowd.‎ 解析：去掉a。catch sight of是固定搭配，意为“看得见”，表示“看见”这一动作。类似搭配还有：make fun of, take notice of, pay attention to, do good to, take charge of, keep track of等等。如：‎ They often made fun of me for this.‎ 为此他们常和我开玩笑。‎ She took no notice of what was happening before her.‎ 她对眼前发生的事毫不理睬。‎ We should pay attention to state affairs.‎ 我们应该关心国家大事。‎ She takes charge of the fifth year class.‎ 她是五年级班主任。‎ Peter took advantage of his visit to Paris to improve his French.‎ 彼得利用访问巴黎之机提高法语。‎ 难点四：分词与句子之间多余使用and, so, or, but等并列连词 ‎【典例11】误：Being ill, so she had to stay at home.‎ 正：Being ill, she had to stay at home.‎ 解析：前边动词-ing短语在句中作原因状语，相当于状语从句As she was ill，因此后边不能再用连词。‎ ‎【典例12】误：Having been told many times, but he still couldn’t understand it.‎ 正：Having been told many times, he still couldn’t understand it.‎ 解析：Having been told many times在句中作让步状语，相当于状语从句Though he had been told，因此后边不能再用连词。‎ ‎【典例13】There being no rain, so most of the crops in this area died from lacking water.‎ 解析：being→was或者去掉so。若考虑使用并列句，前句应改为There was no rain；若考虑使用独立主格结构There being no rain作原因状语，后边应去掉so。‎ ‎【典例14】Seeing a big stone on the road, and the driver stooped the car. ‎ 解析：去掉and。前边的Seeing a big stone on the road作时间状语，相当于When he saw a big stone on the road，所以后边不能再用连词and。‎ ‎【好题调研】‎ ‎1. I hope that both you two could come and visit us sometime soon.‎ ‎2. Most people can quickly get for help from a doctor or go to a hospital when they are ill.‎ ‎3. I know little about the town, because this is my first time visit here.‎ ‎4. This book is cheap enough for him to buy it.‎ ‎5. Sorry, there is no such a teacher in our school.‎ ‎6. In the last five years that they have climbed churches, high buildings and television towers.‎ ‎7. I’ll spend all the whole weekend reading and preparing for it.‎ ‎8. Tell me the best way which to express my thanks.‎ ‎9. I have neither brothers nor sisters---in any other words, I am an only child.‎ ‎10. You need not to go with me unless you are free now.‎ 答案与解析：‎ ‎1. 去掉both。 不少考生以为both you two是一种强调，而误将其视为正确内容。其实，both与 two语义重复。‎ ‎2. 去掉for。不少考生以为get for help为正确短语。其实，get 是及物动词，后边应直接跟宾语。‎ ‎3. 去掉first。first本身含有“第一次”，若后边再用time便构成语义重叠。‎ ‎4. 去掉it。too…to..结构表示“太……而不能”，这里不定式短语to buy的宾语就是句子的逻辑主语，因此it是多余的。‎ ‎5. 去掉a。no相当于not a或not any。因此no such后直接跟名词单数或复数形式。‎ ‎6. 去掉that。不少考生以为这里的that 引导定语从句。其实，句中的in the last five years 为单纯性时间状语，years 不是定语从句中的先行词。‎ ‎7. 去掉all。不少考生以为all the whole是对weekend的一种强调，而误将其视为正确内容。其实，all与whole在意义上重复。‎ ‎8. 去掉which。这里动词不定式直接作定语表示方式，因此前边which是多余的。‎ ‎9. 去掉any。in other words是固定搭配，意为“换句话说；换言之”，起解释说明作用。‎ ‎10. 去掉to。need是情态动词，后接动词原形，因此to是多余的 。‎ ‎【强化闯关】‎ ‎1. We must study hard in order to serve for the people better in the future.‎ ‎2. Why not to take a holiday for a few days?‎ ‎3. Having been ill for a long time, so she fell behind her classmates.‎ ‎4. I didn’t quite catch you. Please repeat the sentence again.‎ ‎5. Tom didn’t leave until his sister was seen to enter into the village.‎ ‎6. He is a famous scientist whose name is called John Smith.‎ ‎7. He made a discovery, which I think it will help us know more about bird flu.‎ ‎8. I don’t know if they will come, but if they will come, please show them the way to my house.‎ ‎9. I never knew that a ride down a river could be so much exciting.‎ ‎10. The secretary told me that the manager was busy and I should come at some other time.‎ ‎11. Don’t let the children who are so young to go swimming.‎ ‎12. I asked him to tell me that how much he paid a year for his son’s education.‎ ‎13. There is somebody whom you want to see him.‎ ‎14. Will you join in us if we decide to do the new experiment?‎ ‎15. We came to see our grandparents every a few weeks.‎ 答案与解析：‎ ‎1. 去掉for。serve是及物动词，表示“为……服务”，for是多余的。‎ ‎2. 去掉to。Why not do sth.?是常见句型，意为“何不……？”，表示建议。‎ ‎3. 去掉so。前边动词-ing形式在句中作原因状语，后边才是句子的主体。若用so，则前后是并列句才正确。‎ ‎4. 去掉again。repeat相当于say again。类似地，return=turn back。‎ ‎5. 去掉into。enter=come/go into，因此原句语义重复。‎ ‎6. 去掉called。原句语义重复。本句可以改写为：He is a famous scientist who is called John Smith.‎ ‎7. 去掉it。which I think是定语从句的主语，I think是插入语，因此it是多余的。‎ ‎8. 去掉第二个will。第一个if从句是宾语从句，第二个才是条件状语从句，因此应注意区分是哪种从句很重要。‎ ‎9. 去掉much。不少考生以为so much 是对exciting的必要强调而误将so much exciting视为正确内容，其实so已经是exciting的程度修饰语，再加much是一种重复，另外much只能修饰不可数名词或形容词、副词比较级而不能修饰其原级。‎ ‎10. 去掉at。有些名词短语，如some other time, some day, one day, the other day, that day等，可直接在句中作状语，前面无需介词。‎ ‎11. 去掉to。原句含有一个定语从句和“let sb. do sth.”句型。‎ ‎12. 去掉that。宾语从句中已经有引导词how much，所以that是多余的。‎ ‎13. 去掉him。定语从句中关系词代替部分不能重复出现，否则构成用法重叠。‎ ‎14. 去掉in。join sb. in…意为“加入到……行列中”，而join in 后接meeting, party等名词，用法不同。‎ ‎15. 去掉a。“every few+复数名词”是固定用法，特别注意few前不能用不定冠词a。‎ 难点2 逻辑关系 难点诠释 逻辑关系错误在短文改错中所占比例不大，但“杀伤力”极强，这是因为逻辑关系错误重在考查语篇深层理解能力，尤其是语篇逻辑把握能力，难度较大。广义上逻辑关系指代范围很广，包括：1、前后句关联词逻辑错误；2、句子肯定否定错误；3、代词指代对象逻辑一致性；4、比较的对象的是否一致，范围是否协调等等。‎ 难点一：前后句之间关联词引起的逻辑错误 前后句之间关联词引起的逻辑错误考点比较集中，主要是：‎ ‎1．并列句前后是因果关系、转折关系、选择关系还是递进关系 ‎【典例1】I teach them, play with them, but watch them growing up.‎ 解析：but→and。根据前后句之间的逻辑关系，这里表示三个并列关系的单句，因此应用and。‎ ‎【典例2】Not all people like to work and everyone likes to play.‎ 解析：and→but。根据句子意思，“不是所有的人喜欢工作，但是所有的人都喜欢玩儿。”得知，前后句构成逻辑上转折关系，因此应用but。‎ ‎2．状语从句与主句之间出现and, or, so, but等连接词造成逻辑混乱 ‎【典例3】As she gave it to me, when the phone rang and she went to answer it.‎ 解析：去掉when。这里主句和从句都使用连接词，主次不分。结合句子逻辑关系，把后一个连接词when去掉，这样主句是并列分句。同样地，连词because不能与so连用，although不能与but连用。如：‎ Because it was getting dark, we walked faster.‎ 因为天色渐渐黑下来了，我们加快了脚步。‎ I didn't go to bed until eleven last night, so I got up late.‎ 昨晚我十一时才睡觉，因此今天起床晚了。‎ Though she was in a hurry, she stopped to talk.‎ 她虽然很匆忙，仍然停下来说话。‎ Life is limited, but there is no limit to learning.‎ 生命是有限的，但学问是止境的。‎ 难点二：由比较级引起的逻辑关系错误 由比较级引起的逻辑关系错误在高考短文改错中呈现出日益增加的趋势。这些错误包括：‎ ‎1．该用比较级而没有用或者恰恰相反 ‎【典例4】First, let me tell you something more about myself.‎ 解析：去掉more。本句中First和more语义重复，造成逻辑不一致。既然是首先要说，就不存在更多的信息。换言之，这里不存在比较关系。‎ ‎2．比较结构前后逻辑不一致错误 ‎【典例5】If you wish to study hard, you must see films more often. ‎ 解析：more→less。根据句子意思，“如果你想努力学习，你必须更少地去看电影。”逻辑上表示否定意义，看电影的次数更少而不是更多。‎ ‎3．比较的对象不协调、对象不一致等等。‎ ‎【典例6】The population of China is larger than that of any country in Asia. ‎ 解析：any后加other。该句意为，“中国的人口比亚洲其它国家人口多。”因为中国也是亚洲国家，因此不能与本身比较，需要排除本身。因此使用比较级要注意比较的对象应协调、对象应一致。‎ 难点三：由代词引起的逻辑关系错误 由于代词引起的逻辑关系错误在高考短文改错中司空见惯，复现率极高，应引起高度注意。这些错误主要集中在：‎ ‎1．前后句之间代词指代对象单复数不一致上 ‎【典例7】I think I liked those classes because I felt that it helped me understand how the world works.‎ 解析：it→they。根据语境，这里they代指上文提到的those classes，复数意义。‎ ‎【典例8】What is more, you have to be friends with your pupils and take good care of him.‎ 解析：him→them。根据语境，这里照料的对象是上文提到的your pupils，复数意义。‎ ‎2．代词所指代的范围不同引起的逻辑混乱 ‎【典例9】If any one of us had any difficulty in our life and study, the other would help him out.‎ 解析：other→others。用于两者之间，而语境暗示“我们中任何人生活和学习中有任何困难，其他人就会帮助他。”提供帮助的人不止一个，是复数意义 ，因此应用the others表示其余的人。‎ ‎【好题调研】‎ ‎1. All of them knew about the plan because it was kept a secret.‎ ‎2. Canada is larger than any other country in Asia.‎ ‎3. The teacher wasn't looking at me, but I copied something.‎ ‎4. There’s a little cooking oil left in the house. Would you go to the corner store and get some?‎ ‎5. She doesn’t know anyone here. She has got someone to talk to.‎ ‎6. Would you like a cup of coffee and shall we get down to business right away?‎ ‎7. In American big cities, thousands sell tickets to watch football or basketball games.‎ ‎8. Thank you so much for your party on Christmas Eve. All of them enjoyed it very much.‎ ‎9. I agree with most of what you said, but I don’t agree with anything.‎ ‎10. When my mother was asked, "Have you already taken your medicine?” I said, "Yes.”‎ 答案与解析：‎ ‎1. All→None。根据句子后半句it was kept a secret，因此没有一个人知道真相。‎ ‎2. 去掉other。加拿大不在亚洲，所以范围不一致，应去掉other。‎ ‎3. but→and。前后句表示逻辑上并列关系。‎ ‎4. 去掉a。a little和little都修饰不可数名词，但前者表示肯定关系，后者则表示否定意义。‎ ‎5. someone→no one。根据前半句，这里逻辑上表示否定意义。‎ ‎6. and→or。这里表示并列句之间的选择关系。‎ ‎7. sell→buy。根据语境这里表示人们买票看足球或篮球赛。‎ ‎8. them→us。根据语境这里逻辑上表示“我们”感到非常满意。‎ ‎9. anything→everything。这里表示部分否定，应为“但是我们不是对一切都一致同意。”‎ ‎10. 去掉was。这里逻辑上表示主动关系，“当母亲问我的时候……”。‎ ‎【强化闯关】‎ ‎1. Get up early tomorrow and we’ll miss the first bus to the Great Wall.‎ ‎2. You have to learn in order to teach. Without enough knowledge, you can never learn well.‎ ‎3. Suddenly, I caught sight of my English teacher in the crowd. She was smiling but nodding at me.‎ ‎4. Two middle-aged passengers fell into the sea. Unfortunately, both of them could swim.‎ ‎5. Each of the students, working hard at his or her lessons, hope to go to university.‎ ‎6. On the way up I was busy taking picture since the scenery was so beautiful.‎ ‎7. It looks as if my parents treat me as a visitor and a guest.‎ ‎8. They wished me success, but it didn't matter that I would win or not.‎ ‎9. They would have to ask their parents for money or for permission to do things with the money.‎ ‎10. I will never know what was on his mind at the time, nor will anyone.‎ ‎11. Now I can't watch much television but a few years ago I used to watch it every night ‎12. The foreign teachers here work hard and try his best to make the activities lively and interesting.‎ ‎13. Mr. Smith used to smoke heavily and he has given it up.‎ ‎14. The number of people present at the concert was much larger than expected. There were many tickets left.‎ ‎15. I invited Joe and Linda to dinner, but all of them came.‎ 答案与解析：‎ ‎1. and→or。结合语境，这是“祈使句+or+主句”句型，表示前后句之间的内在关系。‎ ‎2. 第二个learn→teach。根据语境，“为了教学，你得好好学习。没有足够知识，你就教不好学。”得知，这里强调教学而不是学习。‎ ‎3. but→and。结合语境，“她正微笑着并向我点头。”逻辑上表示并列关系。‎ ‎4. both→neither。Unfortunately说明逻辑上这两个人都不会游泳。‎ ‎5. hope→hopes。该句中working hard at his or her lessons容易起干扰作用，其实句子的主语是Each，单数意义。‎ ‎6. picture→pictures。既然忙于照相，那么应该不止一张，复数意义。‎ ‎7. and→or。结合语境，“好像父母把我当作来访者或客人。”逻辑上表示否定意义。‎ ‎8. that→whether。结合语境，“不管是赢还是输都没有关系”，逻辑上表示不确定，应用whether。‎ ‎9. would后加not。结合语境，这里逻辑上表示否定意义。‎ ‎10. anyone→else。我永远不知道他当时脑子里想什么，其他任何人也不知道。‎ ‎11. 去掉much。根据后半句这里表示现在根本不看电视，所以应去掉much。‎ ‎12. his→their。这里their指代上文提到的The foreign teachers here，复数意义。‎ ‎13. and→but。这里逻辑上表示否定意义。‎ ‎14. larger→smaller。There were many tickets left.说明这里表示相反意义，应用smaller。‎ ‎15. all→neither。结合but的转折意义，说明“两者都不”，而both则表示“两者都”，逻辑相反。‎ 综合测试 测试1‎ Dear Andy, ‎ ‎ I’m glad to learn from you that if you’re coming to China 1. __________‎ and will stay at my home. My parents and I are pleasing 2. __________‎ to have you with us. Now let me tell you that we have 3. __________‎ arranged for you. I knew the school will organize several 4. __________‎ thing for you to do in the morning, but in the afternoon, I’ll 5. __________‎ show you around and take you to some places of interests. 6. __________‎ We’ll mostly stay at home in the evening watching TV, 7. __________‎ play games, and meeting people. I’m sure that we will 8. __________‎ have wonderful time and enjoy each other’s company. 9. __________‎ ‎ I’m looking forward very much meeting you soon. 10. __________‎ ‎ Yours sincerely,‎ 测试2‎ ‎ Li Hua Ladies and gentlemen,‎ I’m very glad to have the chance run for the president 1.____________‎ of the student union. I am a student on Grade Three. Since 2.____________‎ I come to the high school, I have always been the monitor 3.____________‎ of my class. I have done a very good job for my classmate 4.____________‎ and my teachers give me a good praise. I’m quite expert at 5.____________‎ communication and organize and always ready to help others. 6.____________‎ Moreover, I have a variety of the hobbies and I’m sure that I 7.____________‎ am qualified for this position. If I will become the president, 8.____________‎ I’ll try my best to make the union attractively by organizing 9.____________‎ different activities. I’ll do many things for you to meet our 10.____________‎ demands as well. I hope you will give me a chance.‎ ‎ Thank you. ‎ 测试3‎ Mrs Cleaner was an old lady. She had a dog names Bobby. 1. __________‎ She liked the dog very much. One day Mrs Cleaner go shopping 2. __________‎ with Bobby. They were walking along the street while Mrs 3. __________‎ Cleaner suddenly saw some nice grapes on a fruit stand (摊位). 4. __________‎ ‎"Oh, aren't these grapes lovely?" said the old lady. "I think of 5. __________‎ I'll take some." But the stand keeper didn't seem very happily 6. __________‎ because he saw a dog begin eating some grapes. "Excuse me, 7. __________‎ Madam," he said politely. "But will you take care your dog?" 8. __________‎ ‎"Oh, no," Mrs Cleaner turned to her dog and said sternly(苛刻 9. __________‎ 地) "Don't do that, Bobby. These grapes haven't washed yet! " 10. _________‎ 测试4‎ ‎ Each member of class has his own experiences, each has 1. ‎ his own opinions and each has his own likes and dislikes. So 2. ‎ you’re going to have an interesting discuss of these subjects--- 3. ‎ and the subjects of themselves are interesting---you should take 4. ‎ care not to laugh at another person’s hobbies or activities or 5. ‎ jobs, or to give the impression which you think them strange. 6. ‎ If people are going to say about their out-of-class activities and 7. ‎ interests, they must be able to do so with having their feelings 8. ‎ hurt. In other word you should realize that good manners are as 9. ‎ importance in conversation as they are anywhere else. 10. ‎ 测试5‎ I believe anyone can make themselves something well 1. _________‎ to eat. Cooking is a lot of easier for us than most of us think. 2. _________‎ Last Sunday my parents away on business. I was left alone, 3. _________‎ with no one to cook for me. So I have a good chance to cook 4. _________‎ myself a wonderful meal. Early on the morning I went to the 　 5. _________‎ market, buying some beefsteaks and tomatoes and then came 6. _________‎ back. Before cooking, I put some oil, salt and a little sugars 7. _________‎ on the steak and mixed them together. When the pot was hot 8. _________‎ enough I began to fry the steak. But then I cooked some 9. _________‎ tomato soup with an egg in it. The food tasted deliciously! 10. _________‎ 测试6‎ Ladies and gentlemen,‎ ‎ Welcoming to our school. Now I would like to introduce 1. _________‎ our net-school. Our net-school was very helpful in many ways. 2. _________‎ First of all, it makes both teaching and learning easy and more 3. _________‎ interesting. Students can get more knowledge in class. Who has 4. _________‎ a computer can have the lesson we give it at home. Second, we 5. _________‎ can make a good use of the Internet, sending e-mails, searching 6. _________‎ for any information we need, etc. Third, the net also helps improve 7. _________‎ our school management and meets the needs of modern education. 8. _________‎ Fourth, as a key school in our city, it sets good example to the 9. _________‎ newly-built school and may be of some help to them. 10. _________‎ ‎ That’s all. Thank you.‎ 测试7‎ My feelings about science have really changed. I never used to enjoying science, but last year, I changed schools, 1._____‎ and the science teachers at my new school were excellent. 2._____‎ The laboratories have all the latest equipment. Our chemical 3._____‎ teacher, Mr Longford, takes us to public science lecture 4._____‎ about four times a term, and these are always so much 5._____‎ interesting, as the lecturers are people have made real 6._____‎ discoveries in his area of science. The fact is that Canada has 7._____‎ many first-class scientists. In the last 20 years, seven Canadian 8.____‎ scientists won the Nobel Prize! The Nobel Prize is the highest 9._____‎ scientific prize, so we should be very proud with that. 10._____‎ 测试8‎ Should students make friend on line? Some people say 1. ______‎ yes. The internet help make many friends. Chatting on line, 2. ______‎ students can more freely express their feelings and opinions, 3. ______‎ but even get help with their foreign language studies. 4. ______‎ ‎ Others, however, think students should not be. They say 5. ______‎ making friends on line is waste of time, which should be spent 6. ______‎ more meaningfully on study. Besides, some students got cheated 7. ______‎ on line. The students should place their study, health and safe 8. ______ ‎ before the other things. As for friendship, we can readily find 9. ______‎ them in our classmates and other people around us. 10. ______‎ 测试9‎ It was a long time since we last saw each other. You can 1.__________‎ hardly imagine how I miss you. How are you getting with 2.__________‎ your first job? I remember you once tell me you were eager to 3.__________‎ graduate and to become an English teacher. Now you must 4.__________‎ have many first hand experience. How do you find your English 5.__________‎ teaching? Is teaching kids English as interested as you expected 6.__________‎ in college? And do your student enjoy your classroom teaching? 7.__________‎ Anyway, I believe you must be very popular with the kids, for 8.__________‎ you are a born teacher. Hope you great success in your work! Yes, 9.__________‎ why not give me a call or come for get-together this weekend? 10.__________‎ 测试10‎ Today I attended a meeting holding by our school 1. ___________‎ At the meeting more than thirty students praised 2. ___________ ‎ For our happiness, Bruce, monitor of our class, 3. ___________ ‎ who was among them. We all felt proud of him. 4. ____________ ‎ Then the headmaster gave them a talk. He wanted 5. ___________ ‎ us to learn these model students and hoped that 6. ___________ ‎ more and more students will be praised at the 7. ___________ ‎ next school meeting. I was great encouraged and 8. ___________ ‎ made up my mind to work harder. Next week there 9. ___________ ‎ will be an English exam. I’ll try to get good mark. 10. ___________ ‎ 测试11‎ Yesterday was my birthday. I received a lot of birthday 1. ________ ‎ presents. All the presents were wrapped in a color paper. 2. ________ ‎ Among them were two presents really interested to me. 3. ________ ‎ My sister brought me a round paper bag. I thought there 4. ________ ‎ would be a football. Not until I opened it I find it was a 5. ________ ‎ clock. My brother gave me a note, that read, “My present 6. ________ ‎ has put in your bedroom.” When I hurried into my bedroom, 7. ________ ‎ I found a box on my desk. Opened the box, I got a good 8. ________ ‎ pocket-computer. He was so pleased. I understood they 9. ________ ‎ suggested that I should study hard and not wasted time. 10. ________ ‎ 测试12‎ I went to the Shouxi Lake this morning. On the gate I 1. ________________ ‎ happened to meet some American tourists. I greeted them with 2. ________________ ‎ English and we began talking. I got to knowing that they were 3 _________________ ‎ college students travel in China. I showed them around the 4. _________________ ‎ Twenty-four Bridge. We enjoyed the beautiful sceneries 5. _________________ ‎ around the lake. Then we go boating on the Shouxi Lake. 6._________________ ‎ We all had wonderful time there. After we came out of the 7._________________ ‎ park, I helped them do some shopping. They had thanked 8. _________________ ‎ me, and then we said goodbye to each other. I was very 9. ________________ ‎ glad to have a chance to practise our spoken English. 10.__________________ ‎ 测试13‎ I will graduate out from university this year. Now 1. __________‎ I really know what the saying “how time flies” mean. 2. __________‎ I still remember clearly the first day that I entered the 3. __________‎ university. I miss the days that have passed, but in on the 4. __________‎ other hand, I must consider what I should do in future. 5. __________‎ In my opinion, I’d like to work for one and two 6. __________‎ years and then I will be able to see that what kind 7. __________‎ of knowledge I lack and am able to go back to study 8. __________‎ with a decided aim. Now I’m in a dilemma (困境). 9. __________‎ And I really do not know what way is better. 10._________‎ 测试14‎ It’s nearly three weeks since I came here. 1.__________‎ Sydney is real a perfect city. Not only has the 2.__________‎ weather been perfect but the food is very well. 3.__________‎ But it is the friendly people have impressed me 4.__________‎ most. As I am not good at English, I have some 5.__________‎ difficulty do shopping the other day. Luckily a 6.__________‎ woman in forties came up to help me out. She 7.__________‎ was really kindly and helpful. There are a lot of 8.__________‎ interesting places to visit them here. It’s really a 9.__________‎ pity that you couldn’t come with me. I wish you 10.__________‎ will have a chance to come here some day.‎ 测试15‎ At Chinese New Year, my family and I have a very busy 1._____________‎ time. Two days before New Year’s Day, I went out with my 2. ____________‎ friends from school to the seafood restaurant in Pudong. 3. ____________‎ It was the noisiest restaurant I had ever been to, and the 4. ____________‎ food was delicious. After that, we went to shopping for new 5. ____________‎ clothes and found lots bargains. I visited my old teacher, 6. ____________‎ Mr. Smith. To my surprised, he said he didn’t find Chinese 7. ____________‎ New Year very excited. He was not even wearing new clothes! 8. ____________‎ Because we have so many tests this week, so I have to 9. ____________‎ start studying hard again now. I wish the holiday were long! 10. _________‎ 答案与解析：‎ 测试1‎ ‎1. 去掉if。that后接宾语从句，if是多余的。‎ ‎2. pleasing→pleased。be pleased to do对做……感到满意。‎ ‎3. that→what。what引导宾语从句并充当谓语arranged的宾语。‎ ‎4. knew→know。结合语境，这里应用一般现在时表示目前的现状。 ‎ ‎5. thing→things。several后接复数名词。‎ ‎6. interests→interest。a place of interest一处名胜，其中interest是不可数名词。‎ ‎7. √。此行无错。‎ ‎8. play→playing。这里三个动词-ing短语作并列的伴随状语。‎ ‎9. have后加a。have a wonderful time玩得很愉快。‎ ‎10. meeting前加to。look forward to (doing)sth.是固定搭配，意为“盼望（做）某事”。‎ 测试2‎ ‎1. run前加to。这里不定式短语作定语而不是have sb. do sth.句型。‎ ‎2. on→in。表示“在……班级/年级”都应用介词in。‎ ‎3. come→came。联系语境这里表示“自过去某个时间以来”，因此Since从句应用一般过去时。‎ ‎4. √。此行无错。‎ ‎5. classmate→classmates。结合常识，同学不止一个，复数概念。‎ ‎6. organize→organizing。organizing逻辑上作介词at的宾语，与前边的communication构成并列宾语。‎ ‎7. 去掉the。这里仅是笼统提到自己的兴趣，属于泛指，因此名词前省略冠词。‎ ‎8. 去掉will。when, if, as soon as等引导的时间、条件状语从句常用一般现在时代替一般将来时等。‎ ‎9. attractively→attractive。根据语境这里应用形容词作make的宾语补足语。‎ ‎10. our→your。代词逻辑不一致，这里指“我会为你们大家干很多事情满足你们的需求。”‎ 测试3‎ ‎1. names→named。过去分词短语作定语，表示被动行为。‎ ‎2. go→went。联系整个语篇，应用一般过去时讲述过去发生的事情。‎ ‎3. while→when。这是be doing.when...句型，表示“正在……这时发生一件意外的事情”。‎ ‎4. √。此行无错。‎ ‎5. 去掉of。根据“行句结合”的原则，I think后接宾语从句，而think of后接短语。‎ ‎6. happily→happy。seem, look, appear, feel等连系动词后接形容词作表语，构成系表结构。‎ ‎7. a→the。这里特指Mrs Cleaner所带的小狗。‎ ‎8. care后加of。take care意为“当心”，后接不定式，而take care of后接名词、代词等，意为“关心；照料”等。‎ ‎9. no→yes。根据语境，这里Mrs Cleaner同意对方的请求。‎ ‎10. washed前加been。Mrs Cleaner的话富有幽默感，“葡萄还没有被洗呢，你可吃起来！”‎ 测试4‎ ‎1. class前加the。结合语境，这里表示特指，因此class前加the。‎ ‎2. So→If。句子内在逻辑错误，这里应用if表示假设。‎ ‎3. discuss→discussion。词类错误，这里应用名词作宾语。‎ ‎4. 去掉of 。themselves直接作主语同位语，of是多余的。‎ ‎5. √。此行无错。‎ ‎6. which→that。that这里引导同位语从句，但which不能。‎ ‎7. say→talk。搭配错误，talk about表示“讨论；议论”。‎ ‎8. with→without。句子逻辑错误，人们讨论问题的前提是不能伤害别人的情感。‎ ‎9. word→words。固定搭配错误，in other words意为“换句话说”，起解释说明作用。‎ ‎10. importance→important。词类错误，这里应用形容词作表语，同时又是as…as..句型。‎ 测试5‎ ‎1. well→good。something good to eat一些好吃的东西，形容词短语作定语。‎ ‎2. 去掉第一个of。a lot用作副词，直接作状语，而a lot of相当于形容词，修饰名词。‎ ‎3. away前加were。句子缺少谓语，be away on business外出出差。‎ ‎4. have→had。结合语境，这里顺应整个语篇，应用一般过去时。‎ ‎5. on→in。early in the morning大清早，习惯搭配。‎ ‎6. buying→bought。这是一个并列句，谓语动词应保持时态一致。‎ ‎7. sugars→sugar。sugar是不可数名词，“糖, 食糖”。‎ ‎8. √。此行无错。‎ ‎9. But→And。这里强调逻辑上顺承关系，“然后”。‎ ‎10. deliciously→delicious。taste, look, seem, sound, feel, appear等连系动词后接形容词作表语。‎ 测试6‎ ‎1. Welcoming→Welcome。结合语境，这是祈使句。welcome to a place欢迎到……地方。‎ ‎2. was→is。这是一篇说明文，介绍我们网络学校的优点。‎ ‎3. easy→easier。and连接平行结构，前后都用比较结构。‎ ‎4. Who→Whoever。whoever引导主语从句，意为“不管是谁”。‎ ‎5. 去掉it。we give at home是定语从句，前边省略了关系代词，因此it是多余的。‎ ‎6. 去掉a。make good use of意为“充分利用；好好使用”，固定搭配。‎ ‎7. √。此行无错。‎ ‎8. meets→meet。谓语helps后接两个省略不定式符号to的并列宾语。‎ ‎9. good前加a。set a good example to给……树立好榜样。‎ ‎10. school→schools。根据语境，新建的学校不止一所，复数概念。‎ 测试7‎ ‎1. enjoying→enjoy。used to do sth.是固定搭配，意为“过去常常做某事”。‎ ‎2. were→are。联系下文这里主要涉及现状，宜用一般现在时。‎ ‎3. chemical→chemistry。chemistry teacher化学老师。‎ ‎4. lecture→lectures。下文four times a term说明老师的讲座不止一次，复数意义。‎ ‎5. 去掉much。显然副词much在这里是多余的；so interesting如此有趣。‎ ‎6. have前加who。双谓语错误，应把后者改为定语从句。‎ ‎7. his→their。这里指代上文提到的有重大发现的人们，复数意义。‎ ‎8. √。此行无错。‎ ‎9. won前加have。in the last 20 years表示一个延续的时间段，“在过去二十年里”，应与现在完成时连用。‎ ‎10. with→of。固定搭配错误，be proud of对……感到自豪。‎ 测试8 ‎ ‎1. friend→friends。固定搭配错误，“交朋友”应用make friends (with)。‎ ‎2. help→helps。主谓不一致，主语是The internet，单数意义。‎ ‎3. √。此行无错。‎ ‎4. but→and。逻辑错误，后边的副词even表示前后递进关系。‎ ‎5. 去掉be。省略不当造成错误，should not后省略部分为：make friends on line。‎ ‎6. waste前加a。a waste of time是固定词组，意为“浪费时间”。‎ ‎7. got→get。联系整个语篇，这里应用一般现在时，这也是议论文的特点。‎ ‎8. safe→safety。平行结构错误，这里study, health和safety三个并列名词作宾语。‎ ‎9. 去掉the。比较对象错误，the other things指“其他所有事情”，与语境不符。‎ ‎10. them→it。指代关系混乱，it代指上文的friendship。‎ 测试9‎ ‎1. was→is。It is…since…意为“自从……以来”，根据语境这里主句应以一般现在时为主。‎ ‎2. getting后加on／along。get on／along with意为“与……相处”。‎ ‎3. tell→told。once意为“过去；曾经”，暗示以前的行为，用一般过去时。‎ ‎4. 去掉to。and 连接两个并列不定式时，后者往往省略to，除非是表示对比。‎ ‎5. many→much。experience作“经验”讲，是不可数名词，因此前边应用much修饰。‎ ‎6. interested→interesting。显然这里表示“令人感兴趣的”，应用interesting。‎ ‎7. student→students。根据下文popular with the kids得知，这里表示复数概念。‎ ‎8. √。此行无错。‎ ‎9. Hope→Wish。动词wish后接双宾语结构，表示“祝愿某人……”。‎ ‎10. get-together前加a。get-together意为“团聚；聚会”，相当于party，因此前边应用不定冠词a。‎ 测试10‎ ‎1. holding→held。这里过去分词短语作定语，表示一个被动的、已完成的动作。‎ ‎2. praised前加were。句子的逻辑暗示这里应用被动语态形式。‎ ‎3. For→To。介词to的习惯用法。“to one’s+抽象名词”表示“令某人……的是”。‎ ‎4. 去掉who。该句只有一个谓语动词，所以这里不能理解为从句。‎ ‎5. them→us。代词逻辑关系不一致，这里指“校长给我们作报告。”‎ ‎6. learn后加from。learn from sb.向某人学习。‎ ‎7. will→would。主从句时态呼应错误，主句是一般过去时，从句应与之照应。‎ ‎8. great→greatly。修饰动词应用副词；greatly主要与动词连用。‎ ‎9. √。此行无错。‎ ‎10. mark→marks。mark作“成绩；分数”讲时，常用复数形式。 ‎ 测试11‎ ‎1. √。此行无错。‎ ‎2. 去掉a。color paper彩纸，仍然是不可数名词。‎ ‎3. interested→interesting。really interesting to me短语在句中作状语。‎ ‎4. there→it。这里it特指上文提到的round paper bag，而不是there be…句型。‎ ‎5. it后加did。Not until…位于句首，后边采用部分倒装语序。‎ ‎6. that→which。which引导非限制性定语从句。‎ ‎7. has后加been。根据语境这里应用被动语态。‎ ‎8. Opened→Opening。动词-ing形式在句中作时间状语。‎ ‎9. He→I。代词逻辑错误，“我”对这份礼物感到很满意。‎ ‎10. wasted→waste。and连接并列句，谓语动词形式应保持一致，这里waste前省略了should。 ‎ 测试12‎ ‎1. On→At。在具体小地点，应用介词at。‎ ‎2. with→in。用某种语言应用in。‎ ‎3. knowing→know。get to know是习惯用法，意为“逐渐认识”。‎ ‎4. travel—traveling。本句出现双谓语错误，应把后者改为动词-ing形式作定语。‎ ‎5. sceneries→scenery。scenery作“风景”讲，是不可数名词。‎ ‎6. go→went。联系整个语境，这里应用一般过去时与之呼应。‎ ‎7. had 后加a。have a wonderful time是习惯搭配，意为“玩得愉快”。‎ ‎8. 去had。这里旨在介绍一系列动作，没有必要使用过去完成时。‎ ‎9.√。此行无错。‎ ‎10. our→my。本文只涉及到我自己的一次体验，单数意义。‎ 测试13‎ ‎1. 去掉out。graduate from从……毕业，固定搭配。‎ ‎2. mean→means。原句主谓不一致，这里主语是the saying，单数意义。‎ ‎3. that→when。when引导定语从句，并充当时间状语。‎ ‎4. in→on。on the other hand“另一方面”，固定搭配。‎ ‎5. in 后加the。in the future 意为“在将来”，in future意为“从今以后”。‎ ‎6. and→or。one or two years意为“两三年”，选择关系。‎ ‎7. 去掉that。名词性从句中若有what¸ when等连接词，前边不能再用that。‎ ‎8. am→be。and连接并列句，谓语动词形式应保持一致，这里承前省略了will。‎ ‎9.√。此行无错。‎ ‎10. what→which。which way is better哪种方法更加好，表示选择关系。‎ 测试14‎ ‎1. √。此行无错。‎ ‎2. real→really。修饰动词应用副词。‎ ‎3. well→good。形容词good作表语。‎ ‎4. people后加who/that。这是It is…who/that…引导的强调句型，原句缺少引导词。‎ ‎5. have→had。根据下一行the other day得知应用一般过去时。‎ ‎6. do→doing。have difficulty (in) doing sth.是常用句型，意为“做……有困难”。‎ ‎7. in后加her。in her forties在她四十几岁时，习惯用法。‎ ‎8. kindly→kind。and连接两个并列形容词作表语。‎ ‎9. 去掉them。to visit这里作定语，与被修饰的名词构成动宾关系。‎ ‎10. wish→hope。I hope…后接从句，表示真切的愿望。oujie 后接从句 测试15‎ ‎1. have→had。联系语境，这里指具体一次春节怎么度过，回忆过去应用一般过去时。‎ ‎2. √。此行无错。‎ ‎3. the→a。第一次提到的名词应用一般现在时。‎ ‎4. and→but。这里逻辑上表示转折关系。‎ ‎5. 去掉to/shopping 改为shop。go shopping=go to shop去买东西。‎ ‎6. lots 后加of。lots of相当于a lot of，后接可数或不可数名词。‎ ‎7. surprised→surprise。to my surprise是习惯搭配，意为“令某人吃惊的是”。‎ ‎8. excited→exciting。节日是“令人激动的”。‎ ‎9. 去掉第二个so。句法错误。because 和so都是连词，不能同时出现在一个句子中。‎ ‎10. long→longer。根据语境，我倒希望节日时间会更长一点，暗含比较之意。‎ 高考大预测 预测 1‎ This evening I went to the KTV with some of my good ‎ friends. This was the first time I have been to a KTV and at first 1. ‎ I didn’t want to go. I was in a bad mood in the whole afternoon 2. ‎ because I didn’t do well in the math exam. At the KTV, everybody 3. ‎ sang his favorite songs very happily besides me---I was only one 4. ‎ of the audience. I dared not to have a try because I was afraid that 5. ‎ I couldn’t sing well. Encouraging by my classmates, I picked up 6. ‎ the microphone and sing an English song --I believe I can fly. 7. ‎ I have become cheerful now and after all I’ve regained 8. ‎ self-confidence. I believe that worst enemy in one’s life was 9. ‎ oneself. I shouldn’t lose heart just because of one or two failure 10. ‎ because I still have chances to try.‎ 预测1‎ ‎1. have→had。It is the first time that…之后的从句用现在完成时。本句主句是一般过去时，所以从句用过去完成时。‎ ‎2. 去掉第二个in。the whole afternoon直接作状语，其前一般不用介词。‎ ‎3. √。此行无错。‎ ‎4. besides→except。这里强调“不包括我在内”，应用except。 ‎ ‎5. 去掉to。dare用在肯定句中常做实意动词，在疑问句和否定句中用作情态动词。‎ ‎6. Encouraging→Encouraged。考查非谓语作状语。由于和主语之间是逻辑上的动宾关系，“我被鼓励”，所以用过去分词。‎ ‎7. sing→sang。时态错误，从上下文可以知道文章的基础时态是一般过去时。‎ ‎8. after→above。above all是固定搭配，表示“最重要的”。 ‎ ‎9. worst前加the。形容词最高级前要加上定冠词the。 ‎ ‎10. failure→failures。one or two后接复数名词，表示复数意义。‎ 预测 2‎ With the development of Internet, more and more people ‎ tend to send electronic cards instead paper ones at New Year’s 1. ‎ time. Comparing with the traditional cards, electronic cards are 2. ‎ more interesting and 1ively, for you can get not only pictures but 3. ‎ sound and even animations(动画). However, it’s faster to send an 4. ‎ electronic card. They are many web sites on line where different 5. ‎ varieties of cards are available there. If none of these cards are 6. ‎ any interest to you, you can design cards of unique style using 7. ‎ FLASH and other software. More importantly, with the popularity 8. ‎ of electronic cards, more paper is used for making paper cards, 9. ‎ which contribute to the environment protection. 10. ‎ 预测2‎ ‎1. instead后加of。副词instead常用在句末，instead of用在句中或句首，后用名词、动词-ing形式或介词短语等。‎ ‎2. Comparing→Compared。compared to/with用作插入语，类似用法的还有：judging by, considering, generally speaking等。‎ ‎3. √。此行无错。‎ ‎4. However→Besides。前后句表示递进关系，而不是转折关系，所以用besides。‎ ‎5. They→There。这里逻辑上表示客观存在，应用There be…结构。‎ ‎6. 去掉there。there与关系副词where重复，所以应去掉there。‎ ‎7. any前加of。“of +抽象名词”，相当于同源形容词的意义，所以of interest=interesting。‎ ‎8. and→or。FLASH 和 other software是选择关系，只可以用其中的一个，所以用or表示选择。‎ ‎9. more→less。根据语境，电子贺卡的使用增多，必然会使用更少纸张，所以这里说“较少的纸张被使用”。‎ ‎10. contribute→contributes。定语从句谓语动词与先行词保持人称和数的一致，定语从句修饰前面整个句子，所以谓语动词用单数。‎ 预测 3‎ People often have difficulty get used to a new culture. 1. ‎ They're usually very happy while they first arrive in a foreign 2. ‎ country. So, if they stay a long time, they may start to feel the 3. ‎ different stages of culture shock. They can get alone, or sad 4. ‎ because they can’t deal with the local people. How quickly do 5. ‎ you get used to culture differences depends in the way you 6. ‎ learn. People need to act with others to learn well. That's a 7. ‎ problem if they can't speak language. On the other hand, some 8. ‎ can study the situation and makes good guesses about the culture. 9. ‎ When people begin to understand some of the languages and 10. ‎ make new friends, they will enjoy themselves and feel satisfied.‎ 预测3‎ ‎1. get→getting。have difficulty (in) doing sth表示“在做某事方面有困难”。本句省略了介词in，容易造成判断失误。‎ ‎2. while→when。while后谓语要用延续性动词，本句中动词是瞬时性，所以改为when。‎ ‎3. So→However。根据上下文，这里表示转折关系“然而”，并非因果关系。‎ ‎4. alone→lonely。alone表示“单独的，独自的”，不含有感情色彩。lonely指“孤单的；寂寞的；荒凉的”，有浓厚的伤感色彩，可做定语或表语。这里是表示心境的寂寞，所以用lonely。‎ ‎5. 去掉do。how引导的是主语从句，用陈述语气。‎ ‎6. in→on。depend on是固定搭配，表示“依赖，依靠”。‎ ‎7. √。此行无错。‎ ‎8. language前加the。这里特指所在国家的语言，是特指的用法。‎ ‎9. makes→make。平行结构错误。and连接两个平行结构，又在情态动词之后，所以要用动词原形。‎ ‎10. languages→language。表示人们对那种语言有所了解，是单数概念。‎ 预测 4‎ Nowadays watch TV has become part of people’s life in 1. ‎ most families. Because there are many excellent programs for 2. ‎ children, many people feel it harmful for them. There are several 3. ‎ reason for this. First, some programs are not good for children 4. ‎ to watch. Second, television can effect children’s eyesight. Third, 5. ‎ if they watch TV too long in each day, they won’t be able to finish 6. ‎ their homework in time. So watching too many television can be 7. ‎ harmful to children, both mentally and physical. Parents should 8. ‎ know what program children are watching. Every coin has two 9. ‎ sides. Children must be under the control when they watch TV. 10. ‎ 预测4‎ ‎1. watch→watching。动词-ing形式作主语，表示抽象的、泛指的动作。‎ ‎2. Because→Although/Though。这里不是表示原因，而是说“虽然电视节目不错，但是人们认为它有害。” ‎ ‎3.√。此行无错。‎ ‎4. reason→reasons。several意为“几个”，后用复数名词。‎ ‎5. effect→affect。词类混用。effect是名词，表示“效果；影响”，affect是动词，表示“影响”，根据句意“电视节目影响孩子们的视力。”‎ ‎6. 去掉in。each，every修饰名词时其前一般不用介词。‎ ‎7. many→much。too much“太多”，修饰不可数名词，much too“很，十分”，修饰形容词、副词。‎ ‎8. physical→physically。both…and连接并列的成分，这里为了和前面保持一致，用副词形式。‎ ‎9. children前加the/their。这里特指家长要知道他们的孩子在看什么节目。‎ ‎10. 去掉the。under control意为“在控制之下”，是习惯搭配。‎ 预测 5‎ Failure is quite common thing in our life. As long as we 1. ‎ do things we will sure meet with difficulties. Then how should 2. ‎ we face failure? Different people take different attitude towards 3. ‎ failure. When facing failure, some people become discouraging 4. ‎ and they lose their heart. They refuse to make any further efforts. 5. ‎ These people will probably never achieve anything in life. Some 6. ‎ people just don’t fear the failure. They firmly believe that failure 7. ‎ is the mother of success. As a result, failure did not stop them. 8. ‎ To the contrary, they draw useful lessons from it and try even 9. ‎ hard. Such people are sure to succeed some day. 10. ‎ 预测5‎ ‎1. quite后加a。thing是可数名词，单数前要加a。quite a common thing一件十分常见的事。‎ ‎2. sure→surely。修饰动词用副词。surely当然地。‎ ‎3. attitude→attitudes。different表示不同的，其后名词自然用复数形式。‎ ‎4. discouraging→discouraged。become后用过去分词表示“变得……”。discouraged感到泄气的。‎ ‎5. 去掉their。lose heart“灰心，失去信心”；lose one heart (to)“爱上……，倾心于……”。‎ ‎6. √。此行无错。‎ ‎7. 去掉the。fear failure“害怕失败”，failure是不可数名词。‎ ‎8. did→does。本文是议论文，应用一般现在时；其次，failure是不可数名词，谓语要用单数形式。‎ ‎9. To→On。on the contrary是固定搭配，表示“相反地”。‎ ‎10. hard→harder。前后含有比较之意，even常用来修饰比较级。‎ 预测 6‎ I worried about the missed bag all the evening. 1. ‎ I tried to remember exact what I had done from the 2. ‎ time I left the store until at the time I got home. I 3. ‎ remembered whether I had looked at the bag while I 4. ‎ was having lunch. So I must have had it when I left the 5. ‎ store. I remembered showing to a friend on the bus. 6. ‎ So I had the bag then. I come directly from the bus 7. ‎ to my house, and I must have forgotten it on the bus. I 8. ‎ was in hurry to get off and forgot to check the packages 9. ‎ lying on the floor. I should be much careful next time. 10. ‎ 预测6‎ ‎1. missed→missing。missing意为“丢失的；失踪的”，作表语或定语。‎ ‎2. exact→exactly。修饰关系错误，副词做状语，修饰动词。‎ ‎3. 去掉at。until the time“直到……时”，介词until后不需要再跟介词。‎ ‎4. whether→that。that引导用宾语从句侧重表示一个肯定的事实。‎ ‎5. √。此行无错。‎ ‎6. showed后加it。show sth to sb.“把……拿给某人看”，固定用法，用it指代上文的bag。‎ ‎7. come→came。时态错误。根据整个语篇判断，应用一般过去时。‎ ‎8. forgotten→left。本题考查这两个词的用法区别。“落下……”用leave，“忘记某事”用forget。‎ ‎9. in后加a。固定搭配错误。in a hurry匆忙地。‎ ‎10. much→more或much后加more。这里明显表示比较之意。‎ 预测 7‎ Around in the world more and more people are 1. ‎ playing part in dangerous sports and activities. Of 2. ‎ course, there have always been people have looked 3. ‎ for adventure. They look for an immediately pleasure 4. ‎ from a dangerous activity that may last only a few 5. ‎ minutes or even second. Bungee jumping is considered 6. ‎ a good example of such a activity. You jump from a 7. ‎ high place of 200 meters above the ground with a rope 8. ‎ ties to your ankles. You fall at up to 150 kilometers 9. ‎ an hour until the rope stops you hit the ground. 10. ‎ 预测7‎ ‎1. 去掉in。around the word“在世界上”，固定搭配 ，后边不需要再用其他介词。‎ ‎2. playing→taking。take part in“从事；参与”，是固定搭配。‎ ‎3.people 后加who。定语从句修饰先行词people，并且定语从句中缺少主语，先行词是人，用who引导从句。‎ ‎4.immediately→immediate。修饰名词用形容词，immediately是副词，“立刻，马上”。‎ ‎5. √。此行无错。‎ ‎6. second→seconds。a few后接复数名词，所以second要用复数形式。‎ ‎7. 第二个a→an。activity是以元音音素开头，所以前边用不定冠词an。‎ ‎8.去掉of。形容词短语200 meters above the ground直接作定语，前边的of是多余的。‎ ‎9. ties→tied。tie与a rope之间是逻辑上被动关系，所以用过去分词。‎ ‎10. hit→hitting。stop sb. (from) doing sth“阻止某人做某事”。‎ 预测 8‎ Dear Bob,‎ ‎ I must say that I disagree on you. Though you find 1. ‎ something, but it doesn’t mean it belongs to you. If you 2. ‎ can find who it belongs to, you should try to return it. 3. ‎ I’m sure you would want someone to do same for you. 4. ‎ Once I find a beautiful picture, I wanted to keep it. I 5. ‎ remembered see one just like it in an office. I went to 6. ‎ the office and found the person to who it belonged. The 7. ‎ lady was very happy to get back and gave us delicious 8. ‎ apple. So you see, Bob, I got two rewards: one I could 9. ‎ eat and another I could keep in my heart. 10. ‎ Yours,‎ Li Ming 预测8‎ ‎1. on→with。agree with表示“同意（意见，看法）”；agree on表示“就（具体协议的文件，计划，行动）达成一致”；agree to表示“同意（提议，计划）”。根据句意，这里应用agree with。‎ ‎2. 去掉but。though和but，because 和so都是连词，不能同时出现在一个复合句中。‎ ‎3. √。此行无错。‎ ‎4. do后加the。same表示“同样的”，其前总要用the。‎ ‎5. find→found。时态错误。根据上下文，文章时态是一般过去时。‎ ‎6. see→seeing。remember doing sth表示“记得做过某事”，remember to do sth表示“记住去做某事”。本句表示“记得在一间办公室看到过就像这个一样的画”，表示事情已经发生，所以用动名词。‎ ‎7. who→whom。这是“介词+关系代词”结构，先行词指人，后边关系代词应用whom。。‎ ‎8. get后加it。get back后缺少宾语，用it 代替上文提到的picture。‎ ‎9. apple→apples。apple是可数名词，根据语境应用复数形式。‎ ‎10. another→one。and前后是平行结构。‎ 预测 9‎ I have learnt English for quite some years, and I 1._____‎ often make mistakes when speak the language. I wonder 2._____‎ what will happen if I will meet with a native speaker. 3._____‎ The English Corner is the place there I can practice my 4._____‎ spoken English. In fairly real situation, I can talk to 5._____‎ others about whatever I want to. In this way, I am 6._____‎ sure I will speak English quite smooth very soon. 7._____‎ What's more, it offer a chance for me to make friends. 8._____‎ I can meet various kind of people. Gradually we 9._____‎ come to know each other and to become friends. 10._____‎ 预测9‎ ‎1. and→but。本句前后表示转折关系而不是并列关系。‎ ‎2. speak→speaking。状语从句省略不当。当状语从句的主语与主句主语一致，可以省略状语从句的主语和be动词。‎ ‎3. 去掉第二个will。主语从句中常用一般现在时代替一般将来时。这里是if引导的条件状语从句，所以也要用一般现在时代替一般将来时。‎ ‎4. there→where。I can practice my spoken English是定语从句，修饰先行词the place，定语从句缺少地点状语，所以用where。‎ ‎5. In后加a。表示处于某中境况中常用“in a…situation”。‎ ‎6. √。此行无错。‎ ‎7. smooth→smoothly。修饰动词用副词。‎ ‎8. offer→offers。主谓不一致。主语为第三人称单数it，谓语动词也用单数。‎ ‎9. kind→kinds。various意为“各种各样的”所以kind用复数形式。‎ ‎10. 去掉第二个to。and连接两个或更多动词不定式时，后面的to可以省略掉。‎ 预测 10‎ One afternoon, when I was on my way home, the 1. ‎ weather changed suddenly. Dark clouds were gathered. 2. ‎ I began to feel worried because I didn’t have both a 3. ‎ raincoat or umbrella about me. It soon started to rain. 4. ‎ Just as I was hurrying home, I heard of someone calling 5. ‎ me from behind. I turned to have a look and find that 6. ‎ he was Liu Wei, a good neighbour of mine. He offered 7. ‎ to share his umbrellas with me. We walked all the way 8. ‎ home. With Liu Wei’s help, I would have got wet to 9. ‎ the skin. How much thankful I was for his help! 10. ‎ 预测10‎ ‎1. √。此行无错。‎ ‎2. gathered→gathering。这里应用过去进行时，表示当时的动作，“乌云正在聚拢”。‎ ‎3. both→either。either…or意为“或者…或者”。本句意为：我没有带雨伞，也没有带雨衣。‎ ‎4. umbrella前加an。umbrella是一个以元音音素开头的可数名词，其单数前要加an。‎ ‎5. 去掉of。hear of表示“（间接地）听说，得知”。本句意为“听见有人在喊我”。‎ ‎6. find→found。时态错误。纵观上下文，文章时态是一般过去时。‎ ‎7. he→it。用it指代喊我的人。It可以指不明性别的，或者在应门、接电话时使用。‎ ‎8. umbrellas→umbrella。本句表示单数的概念，“他的伞”。‎ ‎9. With→Without。考查语境逻辑理解能力。要不是Liu Wei的帮助我会被雨水淋湿，本句逻辑上表示否定意义。‎ ‎10. 去掉much。感叹句how的中心词是形容词、副词，what的中心词则是名词。‎